saf - welding & cutting guide

Welding and Cutting

A complete range of equipment,consumables, flame and gas equipmentand accessories.

www.saf-airliquide.com

A recognised quality. ISO certificationIn order to permanently provide our customers

with quality consumables and equipment, all our production units are ISO certified.

For same reason of quality excellence, to warranty our customers an efficient handling of their orders,

sales administration and customers service are also ISO certified.

Since its foundation in 1909, SAF has never ceased to participate in the evolution of the welding and cutting profession. At the beginning SAF was the main company involved in welding works in France.Using the autogeneous oxyacetylene flame welding technique (hence numerous early partnership

agreements with AIR LIQUIDE), SAF’s activity was focussed mainly on ship repairs, this was soon completedby a boiler-making activity. As early as 1913, SAF recognised the advantages offered by the coated electrode welding process and in 1919 launched the first all-welded construction ship: the SAF 4 which facilitated thecarrying out of its ship repair activities.

Since then, the evolutions of the Submerged Arc, TIG, MIG/MAG, plasma, laser, electron beam technologieshave progressively been used by SAF and marketed to its customers. Since 1993, the SAF group has beenintegrated into AIR LIQUIDE Welding (AIR LIQUIDE’s equipment and consumables activity), which allows ourcustomers to benefit from global solutions, processes, gases, equipment and consumables. Thanks to ourexperience in welding and cutting techniques, we can today devote ourselves to proposing innovative solutions aimed at improving the productivity of industrialists involved in metal working.

CTAS, a unique innovation capacity at the customer’s service. Thanks to CTAS (Technical Centre for WeldingApplications) and the design offices of our production units, we can offer innovative solutions toimprove your productivity, your production quality as well as your industrial environment. By integratingand mastering the latest technologies, and by constantly improving the existing processes, equipment andconsumables we create tomorrow’s products.

A permanent listening of our customersWhat helps us to create and propose these specific innovations is our capacity to listen to your needs andunderstand your requirements thanks to the permanent feed-back of our technical and commercial teams.They perfectly know that your company is under a constant competition pressure, on your specific markets andthat you need to adapt your organization to a moving environment, the best answer being an improvement of productivity… Thanks to this innovation we are sure that we are able to help you in succeeding in your challenge of productivity optimisation.

In this catalogue, you will find the complete range of our equipment for manual welding and cutting applications (MMA, MIG/MAG, TIG, Plasma and Flame processes…), the collective and individual protectionproducts for welders and the main consumables products (coated electrodes, solid wires, cored wires, TIG rods, wire/flux combinations for SA welding…) A dedicated catalogue is also available for automatic application in welding and cutting, please ask for it.

A passion for welding and cutting dating back to 1909.

ETUI et DEMI-ETUI MINI-ETUI

Diamètre x L 2.5 x 300 3.2 x 350 4 x 350 5 x 350 2.5 x 300 3.2 x 350* L = 350 • Ø 3.15 * L = 450 * L = 450 * L = 350

FAITES LE BON CHOIX D’ELECTRODESENTRETIEN-REPARATION

FAITES LE BON CHOIX D’ELECTRODES

POUR COMMANDER

Désignation Référence Quantité Référence Quantité Référence Quantité Référence Quantité Référence Quantité Référence Quantité étui étui étui étui mini-étui mini-étui

SAFER GM (maintenance) 1080-0535* 200 1080-0536 120 - - - - 1082-0047* 38 1082-0048 23

SAFINOX R 312 1081-0318 90 1081-0321 50 1081-0320 35 - - 1082-0001 28 1082-0002 15

SAFINOX R 316 L 1081-1442 195 1081-1446 115 1081-1444 80 1081-1447* 45 1082-0021 30 1082-0022 15

SAFINOX BNC 75 15 M 1081-0392 100 1081-0396 140 1081-0394 100 - - 1082-0006 25 1082-0007 10

SAFONTE DOUCE 1081-0332* 110 1081-0336 70 1081-0334 45 1081-0335 30 1082-0011* 26 1082-0012 12

SAFONTE Ni 1081-0572* 110 1081-0573 70 1081-0574 45 - - 1082-0016* 26 1082-0017 11

SAFONTE BM 1081-0452 135 1081-0457 75 1081-0454 50 - - 1082-0056 26 1082-0057 11

SAFALU 5 Si 1084-2510* 200 1084-2511 150 - - - - 1082-0040* 40 1082-0041 25

SAFER R 600 - - 1080-0201• 135 1080-0202* 90 1080-0203* 60 - - - -

SAFER GM (maintenance)

■ Souder des aciers doux.

- Emploi général sur acier non allié :chaudronnerie, charpente, tôlerie, tuyauterie.

- Adaptée pour joindre des pièces avec largeécartement (e ≤ 10 mm).

- Chaudronnerie.- Charpente.- Tolerie.- Tuyauterie.

Ø 2,5 mm 70 AØ 3,2 mm 110 AØ 4,0 mm 160 AØ 5,0 mm 200 A

SAFINOX R 312■ Souder des aciers à haut carbone.

- Couche de beurrage pour lame de cisaille.- Engrenage.- Matériels agricoles.- Assemblage d’aciers différents.- Assemblage d’aciers différents (Inox/Acier).

Ø 2,5 mm 75 AØ 3,2 mm 100 AØ 4,0 mm 130 A

SAFINOX R 316 L

Ø 2,5 mm 65 AØ 3,2 mm 100 AØ 4,0 mm 130 AØ 5,0 mm 185 A

SAFINOX BNC 75 15 M■ Souder des aciers très

difficilement soudables.- Vis de broyeurs.- Cuves de réacteur. - Bandages de fours. - Assemblages d’aciers différents.- Utilisation à chaud ou à froid.

Ø 2,5 mm 60 AØ 3,2 mm 90 AØ 4,0 mm 120 A

SAFONTE DOUCE - SAFONTE NiSAFONTE BM (adaptée pour le soudage en position)

Ø 2,5 mm 60 AØ 3,2 mm 85 AØ 4,0 mm 110 A

■ Souder des fontes.

- Grilles de chaudières- Défauts de fonderie - Blocs moteur- Boîtes de vitesse- Assemblages : fonte/acier,

fontes grises, fontes GS,fontes alliées.

SAFALU 5 Si■ Souder de l’aluminium et ses

alliages jusqu’à 6 % Si.

- Escalier. - Décoration. - Blocs moteur. - Bennes à 150° C. - Carters.- Boîtes de vitesse.- Huisserie.- Culasses.- Réservoirs. Ø 2,5 mm 40 - 70 A

Ø 3,2 mm 60- 90 A

SAFER R 600

Ø 3,15 mm 95 AØ 4,00 mm 125 AØ 5,00 mm 160 A

■ Réparer des aciers

pour résistance à l’abrasion.- Application où l’abrasion

est dominante. - Outils aratoires

et travaux publics.

■ Souder des aciers inox.- Pièces en inox de type

316 L pour une température deservice inférieure à 450 ° C.

Chapter 1MMA welding

2063

-001

5

6

MMA welding

1877

-051

3551

-024

1794

-030

Duty cycle(Defined by EN 60 974-1 standard)

Example: 250 A at 60% signifies that, with a stabilised cycle

and temperature, the power source will be able to deliver

a welding cycle of 6 minutes and 4 minutes of holding

(at a room temperature of 40 °C).

2 3

At a duty cycle of 100%, the power source can permanently

deliver the intensity corresponding to a room temperature of 40 °C.

Functioning cycle 10 min.

Room temperature 40 °C.

T °C

time6 minutes 4 minutes 6 minutes 4 minutes 6 minutes 4 minutes

Releasing temperature for the thermal security.

Mask

Coated electrode

Workpiece

Earth clampSecondary cables

Primary cable

Power sourcePower source director alternating current(single or three-phase

supply)

Scheme of a manual installation for welding with coated electrode

The power source is protected

against any deterioration during

storage caused by water falling

in raindrops with a maximum

angle of 60° (IP 21: protection

against vertical water projections).

An object with a diameter

of more than 12.5 mm

cannot penetrate and make

contact with an internal element

under dangerous voltage.

IP

Protection index IP 23Most of the SAF power sources have a protectionindex of type IP 23.

Signification: 2 3

1415

-027

2 3

Choice criteria for MMA power sources

7

Cha

pte

r 1

�I mini I maxi� �I at 60%

(40 °C)

** ideal for welding of cellulosiccoated electrodes

* AC: Only for rutile electrodesDC: Suitable for all types of electrodes

(rutile, basic, special …)

Power No-load Setting Welding Electrode diameter Weight Namesupply voltage M = current mm kg of product

(volts) mechanical (Ampere)alternating direct P =

AC ~ DC = potentiometer100 200 300 400 500 600

Single-phase ✔ - 48 M 15 PRIMARC 165 Single-phase ✔ - 50 M 27 PRIMARC 190Single-phase - ✔ 83 P 3.5 SAXO 1300Single-phase - ✔ 84 P 6.9 SAXO 1500Three-phase - ✔ 95 P 17 SAXO 5.0Single-phase - ✔ 85 P 9.5 PRESTO 140 GSingle-phase - ✔ 85 P 9.5 PRESTO 160 GSingle-phase - ✔ 82 P 12 PRESTO 190 GCThree-phase - ✔ 93 P 29 BUFFALO 350 i CC/CVThree-phase - ✔ 66 M 70 ASTRO 250 DC**Three-phase - ✔ 70 M 88 ASTRO 400 DC**Three-phase - ✔ 75 M 125 SAFEX M450Three-phase - ✔ 66 P 235 SAFEX C2Three-phase - ✔ 68 P 180 BUFFALO 500 DC**Three-phase - ✔ 75 P 190 BUFFALO 650 DC**

1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.3

� � � � � - -� � � � � - -� � � � - - -� � � � � - -� � � � � � -� � � � - - -� � � � � - -� � � � � - -� � � � � � �

� � � � � � -- � � � � � �

- - � � � � �

� � � � � � �

� � � � � � �

� � � � � � �

�

�

�

��

�

��

�

�

��

Nature of current*

Choice of intensity of current

Thicknesses Electrode Normalfor downhand diameter intensitywelding, (mm) (A)butt weldingand filletwelding. (mm)1.6 1.6 402.0 2.0 552.0-3.0 2.5 703.0-5.0 3.2 1103.0-10.0 4.0 160> 8.0 5.0 200>10.0 6.3 290

Legend:

Penetrationof the weldbead

Slag Protectionatmosphere

Metallic coreCrater Coating

Workpiece Weld bead Molten pool

Metallic dropsin transit in the arc

The transferral of metal coated electrode

8

Technical specifications:1 - PRIMARC 165 2 - PRIMARC 190

Power supply single-phase 230 / 400 V 50-60 Hz 230 / 400 V 50-60 HzPrimary consumption I max. 34 A ( 230 V ) - 20 A ( 400 V ) 39 A ( 230 V ) - 23 A ( 400 V )No-load voltage 48 V 50.5 VWelding current 40 - 160 A 40 - 190 AElectrodes per hour 5 x Ø 4 mm/ h 9 x Ø 4 mm/ hElectrode diameter 1.6 to 4.0 mm 1.6 to 4.0 mmDimensions ( L x W x H) 330 x 212 x 280 mm 440 x 245 x 300 mmNet weight 15 kg 27 kg

MMA power sourcesMMA welding sets alternating currentFlexible and rugged the PRIMARC range of transformers is designed for maintenance and repairapplications. Performant and easy to operate, they allow to easily weld rutile and stainless steelelectrodes.

1

To order• Power source only:

Cat. no. 0320-0283• Delivered with accessories kit

PRO ARC 200 ACat. no. 0340-0293

0264

-030

2

PRIMARC 165High performances and easy to use4 decisive advantages: • alternating current welding sets

for use with coated electrodes, • easy to use, rugged and powerful,• destined for repair and maintenance

work, small and medium industries,agriculture,

• air-cooled.

PRIMARC 190Welding sets which make possible welding of mildsteel1 decisive advantages:• turbo-forced

cooled.

Wheels-kit For an easier moving of PRIMARC 190 Cat. no. 0340-4042 20

03-0

55

0480

-011

0480

-001

0480

-001

PRO ARC 200 A accessories kitFor PRIMARC 165, 190 and ASTRO 250 ACMMA set “ready to weld” including:• 4 m earth clamp 35 mm2 with COBRA electrode

holder and DINSE plug 35 mm2,• 4 m earth cable 35 mm2 with a 300 A earth

clamp and DINSE plug 35 mm2,• face shield with shade 11 screen

and 105 x 50 mm,• hammer-brush.Cat. no. 0042-0200

2003

-057

Options:



PRO ARC 200 ACat. no. 0340-0294

Cha

pte

r 1

9

Technical specifications:3 - SAXO 1300 4 - SAXO 1500 5 - SAXO 5.0

Power supply 230 V ± 10% 230 V ± 10% 400 V ± 10%50-60 Hz single-phase 50-60 Hz single-phase 50-60 Hz three-phase

Primary consumptionI max. 24 A 31 A 17 A

No-load voltage 83.5 V (70 V average) 59 V (average) 95.2 VWelding current 5 - 130 A 8 - 150 A 5 - 220 ADuty cycle at 60% 80 A 110 A 180 A10 min. cycle at 35% 125 A (at 15%) 150 A (at 25%) 220 A(at 40 °C)Electrode diameter 1.6 to 3.2 mm 1.6 to 4.0 mm 1.6 to 5.0 mmDimensions ( L x W x H) 300 x 110 x 190 mm 440 x 200 x 360 mm 470 x 245 x 380 mmNet weight 3.5 kg 6.9 kg 17 kg

3

To order• Ready to use complete set

including:- power source,- primary cable,- equipped welding cables,- 1 mask,- 1 hammer-brush,- 1 toolcase.

Cat. no. W 000 050 000

SAXO 1300Ultra-light installation for fast and quality works 5 decisive advantages:• coated electrode, • Hot start function,• Arc Force function, • anti-sticking device,• rutile, basic, stainless steel and

special electrodes up to 2.5 mm.

4

To order• Ready to use complete set

including:- power source, - primary cable,- earth cable with earth clamp,- welding cable with electrode holder, Cat. no. W 000 050 002

SAXO 1500Installation for fast and high quality works with coated electrode4 decisive advantages:• Hot start function,• Arc force function,• anti-sticking device,• rutile, basic, stainless steel

and special electrodes up to 4 mm.

5

To order• Ready to use complete set including:

- 4 m cable 35 mm2 equipped with COBRA electrode holder and DINSE plug (35 mm2),

- 4 m cable 35 mm2 equipped with earth clamp300 A and DINSE plug (35 mm2),

- face shield with shade 11 screen and 105 x 50 mm white screen,

- hammer and brush.Cat. no. 0320-2702

SAXO 5.0Digital display and “rest voltage” 12 V device4 decisive advantages:• remote control plug,• selector: Coated electrode/TIG/TIG PAC system,• Arc Force (arc dynamics) adjustable on the front panel,• rutile, basic, stainless steel and special electrodes up to 5 mm.

Portable rectifier sets - Direct currentFor maintenance and repair works. Weight and size have been reduced still maintaining an excellent welding quality for non-alloyed and stainless steels.

2004

-723

2004

-718

0008

-018

2001

-311

10

MMA DC invertersPRESTO machines have been designed to be used in extremely severe conditions. They offer a great reliability and a high duty cycle.

MMA power sources

Technical specifications:1 - PRESTO 140 G 2 - PRESTO 160 G 3 - PRESTO 190 GC

Power supply 230 V ± 20% 230 V ± 20% 230 V ± 20%single-phase 50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz 50-60 HzPrimary consumptionI max. - - 24 A

No-load voltage 85 V 85 V 82 VWelding current 5 - 140 A 5 - 160 A 5 - 160 ADuty cycle at 60% 120 A 120 A10 min. cycle at 35% 140 A 160 A (at 30%)

160 A

(at 40 °C) -

Electrodediameter 1.6 to 3.2 mm 1.6 to 4.0 mm 1.6 to 4.0 mm

Dimensions( L x W x H) 415 x 170 x 310 mm 430 x 185 x 327 mm 480 x 190 x 350 mm

Net weight 9.5 kg 9.5 kg 12 kg

1


Cat. no. W 000 050 004• Delivered with accessories kit

Cat. no. W 000 234 814

PRESTO 140 GIndispensable installation for professionnals of the maintenance or for on-site welding. 5 decisive advantages:• portable,• very smooth fusion (Hot start

and Arc Force are built-in),• easily and quickly connected

to plug 16 A,• TIG option: torch with valve.• MMA package delivered with

accessories kit (2 m earth cablewith earth clamp and 3 m weldingcable with electrode holder).

2


Cat. no. W 000 050 006• Delivered with accessories kit

Cat. no. W 000 234 815

PRESTO 160 GArc force and Hot start4 decisive advantages:• portable,• very smooth fusion,• TIG option: torch with valve.• standard delivered for welding

with coated electrode (earth cablewith clamp, electrode holder).

2004

-531

2004

-526

2004

-814

1794

-030

Compatible

with generators

Compatible

with generators

3


Cat. no. W 000 050 211

PRESTO 190 GCHigh quality and heavy duty8 decisive advantages:• Portable,• high power: 160 A at 60% duty cycle,• suitable for welding cellulosic electrodes,• compatible with generators,• +/- 20% main voltage compensation,• Arc force regulation on front panel,• TIG option with touch starting,• Lift TIG.

Compatible

with generatorsNNeeww

2nd Quarter

2005

Cha

pte

r 1

MMA DC rectifiersASTRO DC have been designed for severe applications on site or in workshops.They offer at the best price an ultra-efficient welding for all coated electrodes.

Technical specifications:4 - ASTRO 250 DC 5 - ASTRO 400 DC

Power supply three phase 230/400 V 50 Hz 230/400 V 50 HzPrimary consumption I max. 36 A (230 V) - 21 A (400 V) 57 A (230 V) - 33 A (400 V)No-load voltage 66 V 70 VWelding current 40 A - 240 A 50 - 325 A

Duty cycle 100% 130 A 190 A10 min. cycle 60% 170 A 250 A(at 40 °C) 35% 220 A 325 AElectrode diameter 1.6 to 5 mm 2 to 6.3 mmDimensions ( L x W x H) 950 x 340 x 560 mm 1 070 x 550 x 690 mmNet weight 70 kg 88 kg

4



Cat. no. 0310-0061



Cat. no. 0310-0071

2570

-035

5

ASTRO 250 DCIdeal for all types of coatedelectrodes up to 5 mm3 decisive advantages: • coated electrodes rutile, basic,

stainless steels and special and cellulosic up to 4 mm,

• silent cooling,• large wheels as standard.

ASTRO 400 DCIdeal for all types of coatedelectrodes up to 6.3 mm4 decisive advantages:• rectifier set with electric adjustment,• through duty cycle and its high

power,• coated electrodes Ø 1.6 to 6.3 mm, • remote control option.

1145

-009

2000

-304

Accessories kitPRO ARC 200 A for ASTRO 250 DC Cat. no. 0042-0200PRO ARC 300 A for ASTRO 400 DC Cat. no. 0042-0300

Options:

11

12

Technical specifications:1 - SAFEX M 450 2 - SAFEX C 2

Power supply three phase 220/380 V 50 Hz 220/380 V 50 Hz220/240/380/415/440/500 V 50-60 Hz

Primary consumption I max. 45 A (380 V) - 78 A (220 V) 30 A (380 V) - 52 A (220 V)No-load voltage 75 V 66 VWelding current 65 - 405 A 20 - 300 A

Duty cycle 100% 260 A 230 A10 min. cycle 60% 300 A 270 A(at 40 °C) 35% 405 A 300 A (at 45%)Electrode diameter 2.5 to 6.3 mm 1.6 to 6.3 mmDimensions ( L x W x H) 880 x 670 x 670 mm 900 x 600 x 710 mmNet weight 125 kg 235 kg

MMA power sourcesGenerating setsThe all-terrain arc welding sets. Efficient, rugged and easy to use. SAFEX sets gather performance and reliability. Since more of 20 years, they have proven in worldwide on-site applications their unequal ruggedness.

1

M 200 TIG add-on unitVery easy to use, the M 200 unitcontrols gas flow and provides anHF striking for all applications withDC current. Cat. no. 0375-0016

To order• Power source only, bivoltage:

Cat. no. 0310-0032• Power source only, multivoltage:

Cat. no. 0310-0046


Cat. no. 0320-0500

1529

-020

2

SAFEX M 450Very easy to maintain, simply to use2 decisive advantages: • rectifier sets

with mechanical adjustment,• manœuvrable on all terrains thanks

to the shafts, big wheels and slinging rings.

SAFEX C 2Excellent for use on worksites for the more difficult working conditions4 decisive advantages:• rectifier set with electric adjustment,• powerful,• coated electrodes Ø 1.6 to 6.3 mm, • remote control possible.

Remote controlFor SAFEX M 450 Cat. no. 0381-0015 + 0320-0020

For SAFEX C 2 Cat. no. 0320-0011

Ammeter/voltmeterFor SAFEX M 450 Cat. no. 0320-2019

M 200 TIG add-on unitFor SAFEX M 450 and SAFEX C 2Cat. no. 0375-0016

Options:

0947

-013

0704

-059

0947

-047

Cha

pte

r 1

13

Technical specifications:3-BUFFALO 350 i CC/CV 4-BUFFALO 500 DC 5-BUFFALO 650 DC

Power supply 400 V 50-60 Hz 220-230/380-400/415-440 V 50-60 Hzthree phase Primary consumptionI max. 28.5 A 94/54/49 A 130/73/68 A

No-load voltage 93 V 68 V 75 VWelding current 5 A - 350 A 20 A - 500 A 30 A - 630 A

Duty cycle 100% - 350 A 370 A10 min. cycle 60% 300 A 450 A 470 A(at 40 °C) 35% 350 A (at 30%) 500 A (at 45%) 630 AElectrode welding 1.6 to 6.3 mmdiameter gouging - up to 10 mm up to 13 mmDimensions ( L x W x H) 525 x 300 x 390 mm 820 x 510 x 570 mmNet weight 29 kg 180 kg 190 kg

Inverter and thyristor rectifier sets - Direct current and gougingBUFFALO reliability and ruggedness that defy and face the most severe conditions. Gouging and also TIG or MIG welding with additionnal unit (only for BUFFALO DC). Whateveryour application is you will find in the BUFFALO range the right partner for an efficient welding.

Remote controlFor BUFFALO 350i Cat. no. 0387-4044

Accessories kit 500 AFor BUFFALO 350i Cat. no. 0058-0159

Ammeter/voltmeterCat. no. 0320-2088

10 m remote control Cat. no. 0387-4044

No-load voltage reducerCat. no. 0320-2085

Wheels kitCat. no. 0320-2087

Trolley for worksiteCat. no. 0320-2089

BUFFALO TIG add-on unit Cat. no. 0389-0034

Separate MIG add-on unitConsult us

DEVIDARC wire-feederCat. no. 9160-0486

Options:

4 5

To order• BUFFALO 500 DC only:

Cat. no. 0320-2079• BUFFALO 650 DC only:

Cat. no. 0320-2082

BUFFALO 500 DC and 650 DCEspecially designed for the welding in the most difficult conditions6 decisive advantages: • the BUFFALO range offers an

exceptionnal multi-use, • they originally have

a characteristic's selector CC or CV - MMA/gouging/TIG and MIG,

• TIG welding is optimized with the HF striking BUFFALOTIG,

• in MIG mode (CV) BUFFALO DCsets will provide optimum resultswith the DEVIDARC add-on unit,

• the power unit is oversized allowingan large reserve of power,

• even with long lengths of weldingcables BUFFALO DC sets willremain efficient for all applications.

2000

-363

BUFFALO TIG add-onCan be used with the BUFFALO 500 DC and 650 DC. TIG cycle with H.F. 2-stage/4-stagemode with adjustable slope downand original post-gas, water safetyunit. Built-in rotameter.Cat. no. 0389-0034

2223

-030

K 2000 TORCH Cat. no. 0410-0360Current 400 AØ electrode 4 to 6.3 mm

Gouging and bevelling

K 4000 TORCH Cat. no. 0410-0350Current 1000 AØ electrode 4 to 13 mm

SAFAIR CARBON ELECTRODES Version Ø (mm) L (mm) Cat. no.

4 305 1079-10005 305 1079-1001

SAFAIR 6 305 1079-1002CARBONE 8 305 1079-1003

10 305 1079-10048 355 1079-1020

SAFAIR 10 432 1079-1021CARBONE 13 432 1079-1022connectable 16 432 1079-1023

19 432 1079-1024

1266

-60

3


Cat. no. 0320-2065

BUFFALO 35Oi CC/CVThanks to the inverter technology, this multi-purposemachine is very compact 4 decisive advantages:• compact installation,• very compact (28 kg) power set,• offers high range power and

availability, all types of electrodes up to diameter 6.3 mm (exceptedcellulosic up to 4 mm),

• coupling two installations is possible.

2001

-369

To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number

Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity

per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.

1.6 300 7.1 220 1 320 1080-0021

2.0 350 11.3 355 1 065 1080-0014

2.5 350 16.8 250 750 1080-0015

3.15 350 26.9 155 465 1080-0016

4.0 350 43.0 100 300 1080-0017

5.0 450 87.4 65 195 1080-0018

6.3 450 144.3 30 90 1080-0013

3.15 450 35.0 155 465 1080-0019

4.0 450 55.4 100 300 1080-0020

14

Coated electrodes

SAFER G 48 NStandards:• EN 499

E 380 RC 11• AWS A-5.1

E 6013• GOST 9467-75

E50-E51-2

Rutile or cellulosic coated electrodes for non alloyed steel welding

Main applications:• A general purpose electrode for industry

and the metalworking trades.• Welding of poorly prepared pieces, tubes, etc.• Metal joinery, light to medium weight framework,

sheet metalwork, maintenance, etc.

Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J ) CVN at – 10 °C (J )

Typical values 440 520 26 80 50

Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P

Typical values 0.07 0.45 0.6 0.012 0.019

Approvals:S.N.C.F. - B.V. - A.B.S. - CONTROLAS - D.N.V.

Specific characteristics:• Easy striking and restriking.• Easy to use even for fillet weld

in vertical down position (touch).• Flat or slightly convex beads.• Slag easy to remove.

DC

ACOCV ≥45 V




2.5 350 20.0 W 000 132 890

3.25 350 32.4 W 000 132 891

3.25 450 42.0 W 000 132 892

4.0 350 47.4 W 000 132 893

4.0 450 62.1 W 000 132 894

5.0 450 92.9 W 000 132 895

SAFER G 46Standards:• EN 499

E 380 RC 11• AWS A-5.1

E 6013• GOST 9467-75

E50-E51-2

Main applications:• A general purpose electrode for carbon steels

welding in shipbuilding, metal working industryand maintenance.SAFER G 46 is sultable on bad prepared jointand dirty sheets, with good penetration in groove.

Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J )

Typical values 410 510 24 > 47


Typical values 0.04-0.09 0.20-0.40 0.40-0.70 < 0.03 < 0.03

Specific characteristics:• SAFER G 46 allows welding with a stable arc

and a very low spattering loss.• Weld metal recovery is 116%• Good appearence bead and easy slag removal.

DC

ACUo ≥50 V

15

Cha

pte

r 1


Diameter Length Approx. Metallic boxes packagingmm mm weight Quantity


2.5 350 16.2 555 1 110 W 000 234 633

3.25 350 26.7 355 710 W 000 234 634

4.0 350 40.0 237 474 W 000 234 635

5.0 350 60.0 158 316 W 000 234 636

FLEXAL 60Standards:• EN 499

E 38 3 C 21• AWS A 5.1

E 6010• GOST 9467-75

E46-E43-4

Main applications:• Vertical down method on tubes for steels

with mechanical strength up to 500 MPa.

Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at –30 °C (J )

Typical values 410 480 26 50


Typical values 0.12 0.2 0.6 0.012 0.020

Approvals:L.R.S.

Specific characteristics:• Cellulosic coated electrode, grade E 6010.

Particularly recommended for root pass and hot pass on pipe lines.

DCor




2.5 350 16.2 555 1 110 W 000 234 637

3.25 350 26.7 355 710 W 000 234 638

4.0 350 40.0 237 474 W 000 234 639

5.0 350 60.0 158 316 W 000 234 640


E 42 2 C 21• AWS A 5.5

E 7010 P1• GOST 9467-75

E50-E51-4





Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Mo

Typical values 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.012 0.020 0.4

Approvals:L.R.S.


Particularly recommended for root pass and hot pass on tubes.

DCor




2.5 350 - - - W 000 234 641

3.25 350 - - - W 000 234 642

4.0 350 39.9 238 476 W 000 234 643

5.0 350 60.9 158 312 W 000 234 644


E 46 2 1Ni C 21• AWS A 5.1

E 8010 P1• GOST 9467-75

E55-E51-4





Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Mo

Typical values 0.13 0.2 0.8 0.010 0.008 0.7 0.3

Approvals:L.R.S.



DCor

16




2.5 350 - - - W 000 234 646

3.25 350 - - - W 000 234 647

4.0 350 39.9 238 476 W 000 234 648

5.0 350 60.9 158 312 W 000 234 649


E 50 2 1Ni C 21• AWS A 5.5

E 9010 G• GOST 9467-75

E60-E51-4






Typical values 0.14 0.2 0.8 0.010 0.018 0.6 0.25

Approvals:L.R.S.



DCor

Coated electrodes




3.2 450 63.7 85 255 1080-0339

4.0 450 89.6 55 165 1080-0330

5.0 450 137.2 40 120 1080-0331

SAFER GF 130 SStandards:• EN 499

E 420 RR 54• AWS A 5.1

E 7024• GOST 9467-75

E50-E51-2

Rutile coated electrodes with high recovery for the welding of non alloyed steels

Main applications:• All downhand welding work when high welding

speed is sought: fillet welds or lap joints.• This electrode is particularly recommended

for multi-run technique.• Metal framework, naval and railroad construction,

boilermaking, mechanized welding, etc.




Typical values 0.06 0.4 0.8 0.012 0.020

Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - L.R.S. - D.N.V.

Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 130%.• Easy striking. Self-releasing slag.

Good appearance beads. Electrode can beused with "touch" technique.

• Very wide or very long beads in one run.

DC

ACUo ≥60 V

Rutile or cellulosic coated electrodes for non alloyed steel welding

Cha

pte

r 1

17




3.2 450 72.1 70 210 1080-0303

4.0 450 107.8 45 135 1080-0300

5.0 450 147.5 35 105 1080-0301

SAFER GF 160Standards:• EN 499

E 420 RR 74• AWS A 5.1

E 7024• GOST 9467-75

E50-E51-2

Main applications:• All downhand welding work when high productivity

is desired.• This electrode is particularly recommended






Typical values 0.06 0.4 1.0 0.012 0.018

Approvals:CONTROLAS - D.N.V. - FORCE INSTITUTE

Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 165%.• Easy striking and restriking.• Self-releasing slag.• Good appearance beads.• Electrode can be used with "touch" technique.• Very wide or very long beads in one run.

DC

ACUo ≥60 V




3.2 450 70.2 80 240 1080-0326

4.0 450 113.3 45 135 1080-0327

5.0 450 159.0 30 90 1080-0328

6.3 450 - contact us


E 420 RR 74• AWS A 5.1

E 7024• GOST 9467-75

E50-E51-2








Typical values 0.06 0.4 0.9 0.012 0.018

Approvals:CONTROLAS - D.N.V.


DC

ACUo ≥60 V

18

Rutile coated electrodes with high recovery for the welding of non alloyed steels

Coated electrodes

To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number (to be ordered in kg)

Diameter Length Standard packagingmm mm Quantity

per box Cat. no.

4.0 600 7.1 kg 1080-0344

4.6 600 6.9 kg 1080-0346

5.0 700 8.4 kg 1080-0345

5.5 450 5.2 kg 1080-0341

5.5 600 7.1 kg 1080-0342

5.5 700 consult us 1080-0343

6.0 700 8.0 kg 1080-0347


E 422 RR 74• AWS A 5.1

E 7024• GOST 9467-75

E50-E51-3





Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 20 °C (J )



Typical values 0.07 0.6 1.10 0.012 0.020

Approvals:D.N.V. - B.V. - L.R.S.


DC

ACUo ≥60 V

Low hydrogen coated electrodes for non or low alloyed steels

SAFER PRESTIGESAFDRY PRESTIGEStandards:• EN 499

E 424 B 12 H 5• AWS A 5.1

E 7016.1

Main applications:• Particularly well-suited for welding thick assemblies

(steel grades E26 to E355), which are difficult to get at and thus require a very good penetrationrun, good X-ray properties and reliable impactstrengths at low temperature (-50°C) (offshore work,piping, etc.).

Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 30 °C (J ) CVN at – 50 °C (J )

Typical values 470 570 30 150 120


Typical values 0.06 0.6 1.10 0.010 0.015

Approvals:L.R.S. - D.N.V. - B.V. - A.B.S. - CONTROLAS - FORCE INSTITUTE - MOD

Specific characteristics:• Ease of handling, especially for positional

welding and penetration runs.• Impact strength at -50°C.• Low striking voltage in AC use.• Very low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal

(≤ 5 ml/100g - ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300°C - 350°C.

- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may be used without drying.Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.

DC

ACUo ≥65 V


Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity

per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.

2.0 300 11.8 355 1080-0281 - - -

2.5 350 19.0 205 1080-0282 28 448 1080-0350

3.2 350 31.1 140 1080-0283 22 308 1080-0353

3.2 450 40.6 140 1080-0284 - - -

4.0 350 45.5 95 1080-0285 18 216 1080-0354

4.0 450 59.6 90 1080-0286 18 216 1080-0352

5.0 450 91.0 60 1080-0287 26 156 1080-0357

On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.

Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 3.0

4.5 5.2ISO 3690

19

Cha

pte

r 1

SAFER NF 510SAFDRY 510Standards:• EN 499

E 423 B 32 H5• AWS A 5.1

E 7018• GOST 9467-75

E50A-E51-6

Main applications:• General purpose electrode for all

highly reliable work on steels withan ultimate tensile strength of lessthan 550 MPa.

• Recommended for welding verythick or tightly clamped assembliesundergoing hot working or for hotenamelling. The short SAFER NF510 electrode is recommended for pipe welding.




Typical values 0.06 0.5 1.1 0.010 0.018

Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - L.R.S. - D.N.V. - FORCE INSTITUTE - MOD

Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 120%.• Very good welding and melting properties.

High resistance to hot cracking. Low moisture content of the coating and low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal: ≤ 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.

- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrode), electrodes may be used without drying.Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.

DC

ACUo ≥75 V



3.8 4.8ISO 3690


E 425 B 32 H5• AWS A 5.1

E 7018-1• GOST 9467-75:

E50A-E51-6


highly reliable work on steels withan ultimate tensile strength of lessthan 600 MPa. Recommended for welding very thick or tightlyclamped assemblies and wherehigh impact strength is required for weld metal at temperaturesdown to – 40 °C.

• Welded structures for offshoredrilling: platforms, derricks and flare-stocks. Boilerwork. High altitude forced conduit sealing.Construction and repair of pressurized equipment.




Typical values 0.07 0.4 1.30 0.008 0.015

Approvals:L.R.S. - D.N.V. - B.V. - A.B.S. - CONTROLAS - G.D.F. - T.Ü.V - D.B. - FORCE INSTITUTE - MARINE NATIONALE - MOD

Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 115%. Very good welding

and melting properties in both current modes. Easy striking (graphitized tips). High resistance to hot cracking. Excellent impact strength at low temperatures: average CVN at – 50 °C = 90 J.Low moisture content of the coating and low diffusible hydrogencontent of deposited metal: ≤ 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C. Contact our technical department for results of COD test.

- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may beused without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.

DC

ACOCV ≥

70 V




2.5 350 19.9 200 600 1080-0676 30 480 1080-6694

3.2 350 35.4 115 345 1080-0687 22 308 1080-6692

3.2 450 46.0 115 345 1080-0677 22 308 1080-6695

4.0 350 50.7 85 255 1080-0688 18 216 1080-6693

4.0 450 65.0 85 255 1080-0678 18 216 1080-6696

5.0 450 102.0 55 165 1080-0679 8 144 1080-6689




2.5 350 21.1 185 555 1080-0432 28 448 1080-0457

3.2 350 34.9 115 345 1080-0437 22 308 1080-0465

3.2 450 44.4 115 345 1080-0433 22 308 1080-0458

4.0 350 51.2 80 240 1080-0438 18 216 1080-0466

4.0 450 66.5 80 240 1080-0434 18 216 1080-0459

5.0 450 104.3 55 165 1080-0435 28 144 1080-0463

6.3 450 154.8 40 120 1080-0436 35 105 1080-0464

20

Low hydrogen coated electrodes with high recovery for assemblies of non and low alloyed steels

Coated electrodes


E 424 B 54 H 5• AWS A 5.1

E 7028• GOST 9467-75

E50-E51-5


highly reliable work on thick steelswhen high productivity is desired.

• Particularly recommended for multi-run technique. Heavy framework, heavy boilerwork, naval construction, storage tanks,etc.


Typical values 440 535 30 150 100


Typical values 0.06 0.4 1.10 0.010 0.015

Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - L.R.S. - D.N.V. - CONTROLAS - FORCE INSTITUTE - T.Ü.V.

Specific characteristics:• Low hydrogen electrode with 150% metal recovery for

good impact strengths at temperatures down to – 40 °C.Low diffusible hydrogen of weld metal (< 5 ml/100 g - ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 280 °C / 330 °C.

- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may be used without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.

DC

ACUo ≥75 V



3.0 3.5ISO 3690




3.2 450 54.5 100 300 1080-0499 - - -

4.0 450 105.6 50 150 1080-0518 7 112 1080-5500

5.0 450 153.3 30 90 1080-0519 6 84 1080-5501



4.0 5.3ISO 3690

SAFER MD 56SAFDRY MD 56Standards:• EN 757

E 555 1 Ni Mo B 32 H 5(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

• AWS A 5.5E 8018 G

• GOST 9467-75E60-06G2Ni-6

Main applications:• Welding of creep-resistant

manganese and molybdenum steelswith high tensile strength.

• This electrode is recommendedwhen good as-welded impactstrengths at low temperatures are required.

• Welding of steels with a high yieldstrength (Re ≥ 500 MPa).




Typical values 0.05 0.4 0.9 0.010 0.015 0.6 0.3

Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - D.N.V. - L.R.S. - T.Ü.V. - MARINE NATIONALE.

Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 120%.

Easy striking (graphitized tips).• High resistance to the critical of the deposited metal.• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal: 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690)

after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may be

used without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.

DC

ACUo ≥70 V




2.5 350 23.1 180 540 1081-6062 consult us

3.15 450 47.5 115 345 1081-6063 consult us

4.0 450 67.4 80 240 1081-6064 consult us

5.0 450 103.0 55 165 1081-6065 consult us

Low hydrogen coated electrodes for welding low alloy steels with a high yield strength

Cha

pte

r 1

21

SAFER MD 70Standards:• EN 757

E 622 Mn Mo B 32 H 5• AWS A 5.5

E 10018 D2• GOST 9467-75

E70-E51-6

Main applications:• Welding of steels with a high yield

strength (YS ≥ 600 MPa) when good impact strengths at low temperatures are required.

Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test type AWS A 5.5 (heat treatment at 620 °C for 1 h).YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 50 °C (J )


Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Mo

Typical values 0.09 0.5 1.9 0.010 0.018 0.4

Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 115%.• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal:

5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690) after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.

Working conditions:• Preheating between 100 and 150 °C for very thick and strongly-clamped

assemblies. For quality work, the craters at the end of the welds shouldbe ground.

DC

ACUo ≥70 V




2.5 350 22.9 180 540 1081-6322

3.15 350 36.1 115 345 1081-6323

4.0 350 53.5 80 240 1081-6324

5.0 450 106.1 50 150 1081-6325



4.1 5.4ISO 3690

SAFER ND 65SAFDRY ND 65Standards:• EN 757

E 555 2 Ni Mo B 32 H 5(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

• AWS A 5.5E 9018 G

• GOST 9467-75E60-06G2Ni-6


strength (Ys ≥ 500 MPa).




Typical values 0.05 0.5 1.3 0.013 0.010 1.7 0.3


Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal: 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690)



DC

ACUo ≥70 V




2.5 350 21.6 185 555 1081-6262 Consult us

3.15 450 47.9 115 345 1081-6263 Consult us

22



4.1 5.4ISO 3690


E 694 Mn 2 Ni Cr Mo B 32 H 5(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

• AWS A 5.5E 10018 G

• GOST 9467-75E85-

Main applications:• This electrode is particularly recommended

when good impact strength characteristicsat low temperatures are required (TypicalCharpy V notch value at – 50 °C = 70 J),whether in an as-welded condition, or afterstress relief heat treatment.

• Welding of steels with a high yield strength(0.2% proof stress ≥ 700 MPa).

Working conditions:• Preheating between 100 °C and 150 °C

for very thick and strongly-clampedassemblies.

• For quality work, the first penetration runand the craters at the end of the weldshould be ground.

Mechanical characteristics As-welded on all-metal weld test EN 1597-1. Between runs temperature: 120 °C.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 50 °C (J )


Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Mo Cr

Typical values 0.07 0.5 1.5 0.010 0.015 1.7 0.4 0.3

Approvals:MARINE NATIONALE.

Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).

Metal recovery approximately 120%.• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal: ≤ 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.


DC

ACUo ≥70 V




2.5 350 22.3 180 540 1081-6282 28 448 1081-6295

3.15 450 45.5 115 345 1081-6283 22 308 1081-6296

4.0 450 67.6 80 240 1081-6284 18 216 1081-6297

5.0 450 103.5 50 150 1081-6286 consult us

Low hydrogen coated electrodes for welding low alloy steels with a high yield strength

Coated electrodes



4.1 5.4ISO 3690


E 894 Mn 2 Ni Cr Mo B 32 H 5(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

• AWS A 5.5E 12018 G

• GOST 9467-75E100


strength YS ≥ 900 MPa.Working conditions:• Preheating between 100 °C

and 150 °C for very thick and strongly-clamped assemblies. For quality work, the craters at theend of the weld should be ground.



Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Cr Mo

Typical values 0.08 0.5 1.8 0.008 0.015 1.9 0.6 0.9

Approvals:MARINE NATIONALE.

Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal:

5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.


DC

ACUo ≥70 V




3.15 450 45.3 115 345 1081-6278 consult us

4.0 450 68.4 80 240 1081-6279 consult us

Cha

pte

r 1

23

Low hydrogen coated electrodes for welding of non and low alloyed steels (low temperature CVN)



3.8 4.8ISO 3690

SAFER NF 59 ASAFDRY 59 AStandards:• EN 499

E 426 1 Ni B 32 H 5• AWS A 5.5

E 7018 G• GOST 9467-75

E50A-E51-7

Main applications:• Offshore work.

“Arctic Quality” steels.


Typical values 460 555 30 150 120

Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn Ni S P

Typical values 0.06 0.35 1.5 0.7 0.008 0.015

Approvals:L.R.S. - D.N.V. - CONTROLAS.

Specific characteristics:• Low hydrogen electrode with high impact strength

at temperatures down to – 60 °C or down to – 40 °C for root runs using a high welding energy (30 kJ/cm).

• Low diffusible hydrogen in weld metal (≤ 5 ml/100 g - ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.

- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes maybe used without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.

DC

ACUo ≥70 V




2.5 350 20.7 170 510 1080-0710 28 448 1080-0720

3.2 450 47.5 110 330 1080-0711 22 308 1080-0721

4.0 450 68.1 - - - 18 216 1080-0722



3.8 4.8ISO 3690

SAFDRY 59Standards:• EN 499

E 466 1 NI B 32 H 5• AWS A 5.5

E 8018 G• GOST 9467-75

E50A-E51-7

Main applications:• Offshore work.

“Arctic Quality” steels.


Typical values 570 650 28 150 120

Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn Ni S P

Typical values 0.06 0.35 1.5 0.7 0.008 0.015

Approvals:G.D.F.

Specific characteristics:• Low hydrogen electrode with high impact strength

at temperatures down to – 60 °C or down to – 40 °C for root runs using a high welding energy (30 kJ/cm).

• Low diffusible hydrogen in weld metal (≤ 5 ml/100 g - ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.

- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes maybe used without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.

DC

ACOCV ≥

70 V


Diameter Length Approx. Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity

per 1000 (kg) per sachet per carton Cat. no.

2.5 350 23.9 26 416 1080-6731

3.2 350 35.5 22 308 1080-6735

3.2 450 45.8 22 308 1080-6732

4.0 350 52.0 18 216 1080-6736

4.0 450 68.0 18 216 1080-6733

24

Coated electrodesLow hydrogen coated electrodes for welding of non and low alloyed steels (low temperature CVN)



3.9 4.7ISO 3690

SAFER NI 55SAFDRY NI 55Standards:• AWS A 5.5

E 8018 C1• GOST 9467-75

E55-E51-7

Main applications:• Welding of 0.5% to 2% nickel steels

for use at low temperatures: typicalCharpy V notch value at – 60 °C = 120 J.

• Very good mechanical characteristics of weld metal, whether in as-welded condition or after stress relief heat treatment (see characteristics below).

Working conditions:• Select a low welding energy

(weld without weaving).• Preheating between 100 °C

and 150 °C for very thick and strongly-clamped assemblies.

• For quality work, the craters at theend of the welds should be ground.

Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 50 °C (J ) CVN at – 60 °C (J ) CVN at – 70 °C (J )

Typical values 540 620 26 160 110 70

Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni

Typical values 0.05 0.4 1.0 0.008 0.011 2.5

Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - CONTROLAS - D.N.V. - L.R.S.


Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Low diffusible hydrogen content of deposited metal: ≤ 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.

- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may beused without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.Contact our Technical Department for CTOD results.

DC

ACUo ≥70 V




2.5 350 20.3 200 600 1081-6302 30 480 1081-6308

3.15 350 32.0 130 390 1081-6301 22 308 1081-6312

4.0 350 46.7 85 255 1081-6307 18 216 1081-6315

5.0 450 99.7 55 165 1081-6305 - - -

FREEZAL E Ni 3Standards:• AWS A 5.5

E 8018 C2(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

Main applications:• Welding of steels with 3.5%

of Ni with good resilience level at – 105 °C

Working conditions:• This electrode operates just as well

with AC or DC current. It generates a very low level of diffusible hydrogen.

Mechanical characteristics After Thermal Processing on mould (EN 1597-1): rising 100 °C/h, stabilisation 1 h. at 620 °C, cooling 50 °C/h, and surrounding air.

YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 105 °C (J )Typical values 475 595 26 121

Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni

Typical values 0.05 0.2 0.7 0.007 0.008 3.7

Specific characteristics:• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 to 3 hours

at 300 °C / 350 °C.DC

ACUo ≥70 V




2.5 350 21.8 170 510 1081-6330

3.15 350 35.7 115 345 1081-6331

4.0 450 53.9 70 210 1081-6332

5.0 450 98.1 55 165 1081-6333

25

Cha

pte

r 1

Low hydrogen coated electrodes for welding low alloy steels and creep resistant steels (chrome - molybdenum)



3.3 4.0ISO 3690

AL CROMOCORD55Standards:• EN 1599

E Cr Mo 0,5 B 12• AWS A 5.5

E 8018 B1• GOST 9467-75

E09-M Kh

Main applications:• Welding of creep resistant steels

of grades 0.5% Cr, 0.5% Mo. This electrode is recommendedwhen heat treatment is possible.When it is not, use SAFINOX BNC75.15 M (see page Arc34).

Working conditions:• Preheating between 250 °C

and 300 °C according to the type of base metal and the size of the workpieces. Temperature stabilized between runs.

• Slow cooling. For quality work, the craters at the end of the weldshould be ground.

Mechanical characteristics After heat treatment on all-metal weld test (EN 1597-16):heating rate of 200 °C/h up to 700 °C + stabilization 1 hour + cooling at a rate of 150 °C/h down to 300 °C, then in still air. Step-cooling results available on request.

YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J ) CVN at – 20 °C (J )Typical values 550 640 24 140 100

Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Mo

Typical values 0.05 0.4 0.7 0.008 0.012 0.5 0.5

Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips). Very good resistance

cracking. Very easy to use for welding tubes.• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With electrodes in vaccum packaging, the electrodes may be used

without drying. Preheating may be reduced.

DC

ACUo ≥70 V

To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number: contact us



3.3 4.0ISO 3690

AL CROMOCORD KbStandards:• EN 1599

E Cr Mo 1 B 42• AWS A 5.5

E 8018 B2• GOST 9467-75

E09-Kh 1M


of grades 1.25% Cr, 0.5% Mo.• This electrode is recommended

when heat treatment is possible.• When it is not, use SAFINOX BNC

75.15 M (see page Arc 34).Working conditions:• Preheating between 250 °C and

300 °C according to the type ofbase metal and the size of theworkpieces.

• Temperature stabilized betweenruns. Slow cooling.

• For quality work, the craters at theend of the weld should be ground.

Mechanical characteristics After heat treatment on all-metal weld test (EN 1597-1): heating at rate of 200 °C/h up to 700 °C + stabilization 1 hour + cooling at a rate of 150 °C/h down to 300 °C, then in still air. Step-cooling results available on request.



Typical values 0.05 0.4 0.7 0.008 0.013 1.2 0.5

Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Very good resistance to cracking.• Very easy to use for welding tubes.• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With electrodes in vaccum packaging, the electrodes may be used


DC

ACUo ≥70 V


26

Coated electrodesLow hydrogen coated electrodes for welding low alloy steels and creep resistant steels (chrome - molybdenum)



3.3 4.0ISO 3690

AL CROMO E 225Standards:• EN 1599


E 9015 B3• GOST 9467-75

E09-Kh 2 M1


of grades 2.25% Cr, 1% Mo.• This electrode is recommended

when heat treatment is possible.• When it is not, use SAFINOX BNC

75.15 M (see page ??).• For step cooling application

we recommand the use of ALCROMO E 225 vaccum packaging.

Working conditions:• Preheating between 270 °C

and 350 °C according to the type of base metal and the size of theworkpieces.

• Temperature stabilized betweenruns. Slow cooling.

• For quality work, the craters at theend of the weld should be ground.

Mechanical characteristics After heat treatment on all-metal weld test (EN 1597-1): heating at rate of 200 °C/h up to 700 °C + stabilization 1 hour + cooling at a rate of 150 °C/h down to 300 °C, then in still air. Step-cooling results available on request.



Typical values 0.05 0.3 0.7 0.008 0.013 2.3 1.0

Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - D.N.V.

Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).

Very good resistance to cracking.• Very easy to use for welding tubes.• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With electrodes in vaccum packaging, the electrodes may be used


DC

ACOCV ≥

70 V


AL CROMOCORD 5Standards:• EN 1599


E 818 B6• GOST 9467-75

E10-Kh 5 MF

Main applications:• Welding of creep resistant steels of grades

4 to 6% Cr, 0.5% Mo.• This electrode is recommended

when heat treatment is possible.• When it is not, use SAFINOX BNC 75.15 M.Working conditions:• Preheating between 300 °C and 350 °C

according to the type of base metal and the size of the workpieces. Temperaturestabilized between runs. Slow cooling.

• For quality work, the craters at the end of the weld should be ground.

Mechanical characteristics After heat treatment on all-metal weld test (EN 1597-1): heating at rate of 200° C/h + stabilization 1 hour up to 750°C + cooling at a rate of 55 ° C/h down to 600 °C, then in still air.



Typical values 0.06 0.4 0.7 0.008 0.013 5.1 0.5

Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Very good resistance to cracking.• Very easy to use for welding tubes.• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.

DC

ACUo ≥70 V


Cha

pte

r 1

27

Low hydrogen coated electrodes for welding weathering steel (type E 36)



3.9 5.4ISO 3690

SAFER CU 56SAFDRY CU 56Standards:• EN 499

E 464 ZB 32 H 5• AWS A 5.5

E 8018 G

Main applications:• Welding of steels with improved

resistance to atmospheric corrosion(color identical to base metal afteroxidation in air). Welding of steelswith a high yield strength UTS ≥ 470 MPa.

Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) Strict. Z CVN at – 20 °C (J )


Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn Cu P S Ni Cr

Typical values 0.05 0.4 0.9 0.35 0.017 0.010 0.55 0.4

Approvals:B.V.

Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Metal recovery approximately 110%.• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal: 5ml/100g (ISO 3690)



DC

ACUo ≥70 V




2.5 350 21.2 170 510 1081-6152 28 448 1081-6157

3.15 350 37.7 - - - 22 308 1081-6156

3.15 450 47.4 115 345 1081-6153 - - -

4.0 450 69.6 80 240 1081-6154 - - -

AL CROMOCORD 9MStandards:• EN 1599

E Cr Mo 9 B 42 H 5(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

• AWS A 5.59018 B 9(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character). Mechanical characteristics After heat treatment on all-metal weld test (EN 1597-1):

heating at rate of 150 °C/h + stabilization 1 hour up to 755 °C + cooling at a rate of 55 °C/h down to 600 °C, then in still air.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J ) CVN at – 20 °C (J )


Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.FREZA CVD

Typical values x 71 95 sc

Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Very good resistance to cracking.• Very easy to use for welding tubes.• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.

DC

ACUo ≥70 V


Main applications:• Welding of creep resistant steels of grades 8 to

11% of Cr, 2% Mo with or without the additionof Vanadium for petrochemical application.

• This electrode is recommended when heat treatment after welding is possible.

• When it is not, use SAFINOX BNC 75.15 M(see page Arc 34).

Working conditions:• Preheating at 350 °C.• Temperature stabilized between runs.• Slow cooling.• For quality work, the craters at the end

of the weld should be ground.

28

Coated electrodes

SAFINOX R 308 LSAFDRY R 308 LStandards:• EN 1600

E 19 9 LR 12• AWS A 5.4

E 308 L-17• GOST 10052-75

E02 Kh 21 N 10 G2

Main applications:• Welding of stainless steels gratued

18 to 20% of chromium, 8 to 10%of nickel at a very low carboncontent.

• This electrode can also be used for the welding of stainless steels of the same type whether stabilisedor not for service temperatures inferior to 450 °C.

• This electrode is advised when afine aspect of deposits is required.

Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 196 °C (J )


Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni

Typical values 0.018 0.85 0.8 0.015 0.020 19 10.5

Approvals:T.Ü.V. - A.B.S. - B.V. - D.N.V. - CONTROLAS - D.B.

Ferrite WRC 92: ± 6 %

Specific characteristics:• Electrode with very smooth fusion without spatter

and giving a finely rippled smooth weld bead of verygood appearance. Slag very easy to remove.

• Easy striking (metallized tip).• Low moisture absorption rate.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- In SAFDRY (vacuum packaged electrodes), the electrodes can be used

without oven drying.

DC

ACUo ≥50 V




2.0 300 11.0 310 930 1081-1431 - - -

2.5 300 17.4 195 585 1081-1432 28 448 1081-1812

3.2 350 35.8 110 330 1081-1436 22 308 1081-1813

4.0 350 52.9 70 210 1081-1434 18 216 1081-1814

5.0 450 107.1 45 135 1081-1437 17 153 1081-1815


E 19 12 3 LR 12• AWS A 5.4

E 316 L-17• GOST 10052-75

E02 K h 20 N 14 G2 M2(nearest)

Main applications:• Welding of stainless steel grades with 18

to 20% chromium, 8 to 12% nickel, 2 to 3%molybdenum, with a very low carbon content.

• This grade can be used to weld stainless steelsof the same type, whether stabilized or not, for working temperatures of less than 450 °C.

• This electrode is recommended when a veryhigh quality weld finish is required.



Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo

Typical values 0.018 0.85 0.8 0.015 0.020 18.5 11.5 2.8

Approvals:A.B.S. - B.V. - S.N.C.F. - CONTROLAS - T.Ü.V. - D.N.V. - L.R.S. - D.B.


Specific characteristics:• Electrode with very smooth fusion without

spatter, a finely rippled smooth weld bead of very good appearance and easy-to-remove slag.

• Easy striking (metallized tip).• Low moisture absorption rate. Optimum drying conditions:

1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes),

electrodes may be used without drying.

DC

ACOCV ≥50 V




1.6 300 8.5 170 1 020 1081-1449 - - -

2.0 300 11.3 320 960 1081-1441 - - -

2.5 300 18.0 180 540 1081-1442 28 448 1081-1837

3.2 350 35.8 115 345 1081-1446 22 308 1081-1838

4.0 350 53.4 75 225 1081-1444 18 216 1081-1839

4.0 450 69.4 75 225 1081-1448 - - -

5.0 450 108.3 45 135 1081-1447 - - -

Electrodes for welding high alloyed stainless steels - Smooth fusion

29

Cha

pte

r 1

SAFINOX R 347Standards:• EN 1600

E 19 9 Nb R 12• AWS A 5.4

E 347.16• GOST 10052-75

E02 Kh 19N9B

Main applications:• Welding of titanium or niobium-stabilized

austenitic stainless steels with grades 18 to 20% chromium, 10 to 14% nickel.

• This electrode can also be used to weld non-stabilized steel grades of the same type(0.06 to 0.12% carbon).

Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )


Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Nb

Typical values 0.02 0.9 0.85 0.015 0.020 19 10.5 0.5

Approvals:T.Ü.V.


Specific characteristics:• The electrode gives a smooth fusion

and a smooth weld bead with a very good quality finish and easy-to-remove slag.

• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.

DC

ACUo ≥50 V




2.5 300 17.9 195 585 1081-2002

3.2 350 36.6 115 345 1081-2003

4.0 350 52.5 80 240 1081-2004


E 19 12 3 Nb R 12• AWS A 5.4

E 318.16• GOST 10052-75

E08 Kh 19N10 G2 M2 B

Main applications:• Welding of titanium or niobium-stabilized

austenitic stainless steels with grades 18 to 20% chromium, 10 to 14% nickel, 2 to 3%molybdenum.




Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Nb Mo

Typical values 0.02 0.9 0.85 0.015 0.025 18 11.5 0.5 2.7

Approvals:T.Ü.V.


Specific characteristics:• An electrode with smooth fusion giving

a smooth bead with a very good appearance and easy-to-remove slag.


DC

ACUo ≥50 V




2.5 300 18.6 195 585 1081-2012

3.2 350 36.6 115 345 1081-2013

4.0 350 52.3 80 240 1081-2014

30

Coated electrodes


E 23 12 LR 12• AWS A 5.4

E 309 L-17• GOST 10052-75

E04 Kh 25 Ni 12 G2

Main applications:• Welding of austenitic steels

of grades 24% chromium, 12% nickel, with a very low carboncontent.

• This electrode can be used to welddissimilar materials: non-alloyed orlow alloy steels with stainless steelsof grades AISI 308, 316, 347, 318(see Schaeffler diagram). Underlayerfor stainless steel coating.




Typical values 0.015 0.85 0.8 0.008 0.020 23 12.5

Approvals:T.Ü.V. - CONTROLAS - L.R.S. - D.B. - B.V. - D.N.V.


Specific characteristics:• An electrode giving a very smooth fusion without

spatter, a finely rippled smooth weld bead with a very good quality finish and easy-to-remove slag.

• Easy striking.• Low moisture absorption rate.• Electrode has to be kept dry in sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes),


DC

ACUo ≥50 V




2.0 300 11.5 320 960 1081-0294 36 648 1081-1824

2.5 300 19.3 190 570 1081-0286 28 448 1081-1825

3.2 350 37.0 110 330 1081-0289 22 308 1081-1826

4.0 350 54.0 80 240 1081-0288 18 216 1081-1827

5.0 450 108.8 45 135 1081-0293 7 112 1081-1828

Electrodes for welding high alloyed stainless steels - Smooth fusion

SAFINOX R 309 MoSAFDRY R 309 MoStandards:• EN 1600

E 23 12 2 LR 12• AWS A 5.4

E 309 Mo-17

Main applications:• Assembly and surfacing of similar austenitic

steels.• Assembly of dissimilar steels resistant to

corrosion, and non-alloyed or low alloy steels.• Corrosion resistant underlayer, surfacing and

coating for non-alloyed and low alloy steels.• The high alloy content of the weld metal

provides resistance to corrosion right from the first layer.




Typical values 0.016 0.85 0.80 0.010 0.020 22.5 12.5 2.5

Approvals:D.N.V.


Specific characteristics:• Electrode with a smooth fusion,

a smooth weld bead with a very good quality finish and easy-to-remove slag.


- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), may be used without drying.

DC

ACUo ≥50 V




2.5 300 18.9 90 540 1081-2022 28 448 1081-1820

3.2 350 37.1 50 300 1081-2023 22 308 1081-1821

Cha

pte

r 1

31


E 29 9 R 12(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

• AWS A 5.4E 312-17

• GOST 10052-75E10 Kh 25 Ni 13 G2

Main applications:• Welding of steels which are difficult to weld: alloy

steels, armor-plating steels.• This electrode can also be used to weld

dissimilar materials: non-alloyed steels or low alloysteels with stainless steel of grades AISI 308, 316,347, 318, 309, 310, etc.

• Electrode particularly suitable for use in repair work.




Typical values 0.08 1.3 1.3 0.008 0.027 27.5 12.2


Specific characteristics:• Electrode with a smooth fusion.• Very good quality finish.• Optimum drying conditions, where necessary:

1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.

DC

ACOCV ≥50 V


Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Mini packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity

per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per box Cat. no.

2.5 300 18.7 90 540 1081-0318 28 1082-0001

3.2 350 37.1 50 300 1081-0321 15 1082-0002

4.0 350 54.1 35 210 1081-0320 - -


E 18 8 Mn R 12• AWS A 5.4

E 307-16(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

• GOST 10052-75E10 Kh 20 N9 G 6S

Main applications:• Buttering and assembly of steels which are difficult to weld,

steels with a high yield strength, a high carbon content (0.25%), armor-plating steels or wear parts.

• Assembly of dissimilar steels: C-Mn steels and stainless steels.• Surfacing of all grades of steel, even with a high manganese

content (Hadfield type-14% Mn).• Elastic underlayers for surfacing, for example, high-carbon

manganese steels prior to hardfacing. (with “SAFCOBALT” or “SAFDUR 800 E”, for example). Valve seat surfacing.




Typical values 0.07 0.85 0.6 0.010 0.020 18 8

Austenitic strucuture

Specific characteristics:• An electrode giving smooth

fusion and a smooth weld bead with a good quality finish and easy-to-remove slag.


• Weld deposit is cold-workable, ductile,rustproof and very resistant to cracking.

DC

ACUo ≥55 V




2.5 300 18.4 205 615 1081-2032

3.2 350 36.8 115 345 1081-2033

4.0 350 52.5 80 240 1081-2034

32

Coated electrodes

SAFINOX R 18.8 SSAFDRY R 18.8 SStandards:• EN 1600

E 19 9 LR 12• AWS A 5.4

E 308 L-16• GOST 10052-75

E04 Kh 20 N9

Main applications:• Welding of austenic stainless steels

grated 18 to 20% of chromium, 8 to 12% of nickel with a very lowcarbon content.

• This electrode can also be used for the welding of stainless steels of the same type whether stabilisedor not for service temperatures inferior to 450 °C.




Typical values 0.025 0.6 1.3 0.015 0.020 10.2 19.2

Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - D.N.V. - T.Ü.V.


Specific characteristics:• A good compromise between appearance

and ease of use (especially in position including pipes) and mechanical characteristics.

• Drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C to 300 °C.• Deposit metal highly resistant to cracking.- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum packaged electrodes),

the electrodes can be used without drying.

DC

ACUo ≥60 V




2.0 300 10.9 320 960 1081-0201 - - -

2.5 300 16.3 215 645 1081-0202 30 480 1081-1931

3.2 350 31.7 135 405 1081-0206 22 308 1081-1932

4.0 350 52.9 70 210 1081-0204 18 216 1081-1933

5.0 450 107.1 45 135 1081-0207 - - -

Electrodes for welding high alloyed stainless steels - Rutile basic

SAFINOX R 18.8.3 SSAFDRY R 18.8.3 SStandards:• EN 1600

E 19 12 3 LR 12• AWS A 5.4

E 316 L-16

Main applications:• Welding of pipes made of austenitic stainless

steel grades with 18 to 20% chromium, 10 to 14% nickel, 2 to 2.5% molybdenum,with a very low carbon content.

• This grade can be used to weld stainlesssteels of the same type, whether stabilized or not, for working temperatures of less than450 °C.




Typical values 0.022 0.6 1.3 0.015 0.020 19.2 12.0 2.8

Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - D.N.V. - T.Ü.V. - D.B.


Specific characteristics:• A good compromise between appearance,

ease of use (particularly on pipes) and mechanical characteristics.

• Weld metal highly resistant to cracking.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C - 300°C.

With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may be used without drying.

DC

ACOCV ≥

60 V




2.0 300 10.1 40 320 1081-0211 36 648 1081-1936

2.5 300 16.3 60 215 1081-0212 30 480 1081-1937

3.2 350 33.0 95 135 1081-0217 24 336 1081-1938

4.0 350 53.4 120 75 1081-0214 18 162 1081-1939

5.0 450 108.3 185 45 1081-0218 - - -

Cha

pte

r 1

33

SAFINOX R CN 18.8 NbStandards:• EN 1600

E 19 9 Nb R 12• AWS A 5.4

E 347 16• GOST 10052-75

E08 Kh 20 N 10 G 2B

Main applications:• Welding pipes made of titanium

or niobium-stabilized austenitic stainless steels with grades 18 to 20% chromium, 10 to 14% nickel.

• This electrode can also be used to weld non-stabilized steel grades of the same type (0.06 to 0.12% carbon).



Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Nb

Typical values 0.025 0.6 1.4 0.008 0.020 20 10.3 0.7

Approvals:T.Ü.V.


Specific characteristics:• Good compromise between finish,

ease of use and mechanical properties.• Optimum drying conditions:

1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.

DC

ACUo ≥60 V




2.5 300 16.6 215 645 1081-0102

3.2 350 32.0 135 405 1081-0106

4.0 350 52.5 80 240 1081-0104

SAFINOX R CND 18.8.3 NbStandards:• EN 1600

E 19 12 3 Nb R 12• AWS A 5.4

E 318-16• GOST 10052-75

E08 Kh 19 N 10 G2 M2 B

Main applications:• Welding of pipes made of titanium

or niobium-stabilized austenitic stainlesssteels with grades 18 to 20% chromium, 10 to 14% nickel, 2 to 3% molybdenum.




Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Nb Mo

Typical values 0.03 0.6 1.5 0.008 0.020 19.2 12.2 0.7 2.3


Specific characteristics:• A good compromise between appearance,

ease of use in positional welding and mechanicalcharacteristics.


DC

ACUo ≥60 V




2.5 300 16.3 215 645 1081-0113

3.2 350 31.8 135 405 1081-0117

34

Coated electrodes

SAFINOX R 24.12 SSAFDRY R 24.12 SStandards:• EN 1600

E 23 12 LR 12• AWS A 5.4

E 309 L 16• GOST 10052-75

E04 Kh 25 12 G 2

Main applications:• Welding of austenitic steels of

grades 24% chromium, 12% nickel,with a very low carbon content.

• This electrode can be used to welddissimilar materials: non-alloyed orlow alloy steels with stainless steelsof grades AISI 308, 316, 347, 318(see Schaeffler diagram). Underlayer for stainless steel coating.




Typical values 0.025 0.5 1.4 0.008 0.020 23.5 13

Approvals:B.V.


Specific characteristics:• Good compromise between finish, ease of use

and mechanical properties.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C - 300 °C.• With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes),


DC

ACUo ≥60 V

Electrodes for welding high alloyed stainless steels - Rutile basic

SAFINOX R 25.20Standards:• EN 1600

E 25 20 R 12• AWS A 5.4

E 310-16

Main applications:• Welding of refractory austenitic steels

of grades 25% chromium, 20% nickel.• If there is a substantial risk of hot cracking,

use the above SAFINOX RCN 24.12.




Typical values 0.10 0.75 1.7 0.008 0.025 27 21

Austenitic structure


weldability and mechanical properties.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.

DC

ACUo ≥60 V




2.0 300 10.9 355 1 065 1081-0322

2.5 300 18.3 185 555 1081-0323

3.2 350 36.1 115 345 1081-0327

4.0 350 47.2 100 300 1081-0325

5.0 350 72.7 65 195 1081-0326




2.5 350 14.5 200 1081-0282 30 480 1081-1881

3.2 350 34.1 140 1081-0281 24 336 1081-1882

4.0 350 48.1 100 1081-0284 20 280 1081-1883

35

Cha

pte

r 1

SAFINOX R CND 25.20Standards:• EN 1600

E 25 20 Mo R 12• AWS A 5.4

E 310 Mo-16

Main applications:• Welding of refractory austenitic

steels of grades 25% chromium,20% nickel with or without molybdenum.

• This electrode is not recommendedfor multi-run welding when a highlyductile weld deposit is required.

Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%)

Typical values 540 680 10


Typical values 0.10 0.7 1.7 0.008 0.025 27 21 2.7


Specific characteristics:• Higher resistance to hot cracking than

SAFINOX R 25.20.• If there is a substantial risk of hot cracking,

use SAFINOX R CN 24.12 (see previous page).• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.

DC

ACUo ≥60 V




2.0 300 11.0 355 1 065 1081-0081

2.5 300 17.0 230 690 1081-0082

3.2 350 33.1 140 420 1081-0086

4.0 350 47.7 100 300 1081-0084

SAFINOX R CN 29.10Standards:• EN 1600

E 29 9 R 12• AWS A 5.4

E 312-16• GOST 10052-75

E10 Kh 25 N 13 G2(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

Main applications:• Welding of steels which are difficult to weld:

alloy steels, armor-plating steels.• This electrode can also be used to weld dissimilar

materials: non-alloyed steels or low alloy steels withstainless steel of grades AISI 308, 316, 347, 318,309, 310, etc. (see Schaeffler diagram).

• Electrode particularly suitable for use in repair work.

Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) Hardness HB



Typical values 0.11 0.7 1.8 0.008 0.025 29.7 12.1



ease of use in positional welding and mechanical characteristics.

• Very high resistance to cracking of weld metal.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions:

1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.

DC

ACUo ≥60 V




2.5 300 17.0 100 600 1081-0312

3.2 350 33.3 60 360 1081-0316

4.0 350 47.0 45 270 1081-0314

5.0 350 81.7 20 120 1081-0315

36

Coated electrodes

SAFINOX B 010Standards:• EN 1600

E 25 20 H B 22• AWS A 5.4

E 310 H-15(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

Main applications:• Welding of refractory austenitic

steels of grades 25% chromium,20% nickel with a high carboncontent (0.3% to 0.5%).




Typical values 0.4 1.2 1.3 0.008 0.020 26 20


Specific characteristics:• Good resistance to cracking of weld metal.• Optimum drying conditions:

1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.

DC




3.2 350 33.2 135 405 1081-1495

4.0 350 44.9 100 600 1081-1494

Electrodes for welding high alloyed and refractory steels - Basic

Electrodes for welding high alloyed stainless steels with high corrosion resistance

SAFINOX R CNDU 20.25.5.SStandards:• EN 1600

E 20 25 5 Cu NL R 53

Main applications:• Welding of chromium-nickel-molybdenum

stainless steels, with or without copper and with a very low carbon content, used in hot sulphuric and cold hydrochloricatmospheres.



Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Cu Mo

Typical values 0.020 0.4 1.3 0.009 0.020 20 25 1.7 4.0


Specific characteristics:• Electrodes has to be kept dry

in a sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions:

1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.• Metal recovery 150%.• High resistance to corrosion in hot sulphuric

and cold hydrochloric atmospheres.• Good resistance to intergranular corrosion.

DC

ACUo ≥60 V




2.5 300 16.5 210 630 1081-0504

3.2 350 32.6 130 390 1081-0507

4.0 350 49.6 85 255 1081-0506

37

Cha

pte

r 1

Electrodes for welding high alloyed steels (Duplex)

LEXALE 22.9.3 NLEXALE 22.9.3 N SVStandards:• EN 1600

E 22 9 3 NL R 12• AWS A 5.4

E 22 09-16

Main applications:• Welding of duplex steels.

This electrode can also be usedfor the heterogeneous welding of duplex steels on non-alloyedsteels.

Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 40 °C (J )


Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Cr N Mo

Typical values 0.016 1.0 1.6 0.010 0.020 9.0 22.8 0.15 3.3

Approvals:D.N.V. - L.R.S. - B.V. - G.L. - ABS.


Specific characteristics:• A good compromise between appearance and handling

especially on pipes and mechanical characteristics. The electrode is in a homogenous core (Duplex steel), allowing the taking into account of the technical aspects of the product. The deposited metal was subject to a features characteristics corrosion testG 48 A by the ASTM.

• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.- With SV version (vacuum-packed), electrodes may be used without drying.

DC

ACUo ≥50 V



per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per Sachet per carton Cat. no.

2.5 300 17.3 210 630 1081-1600 30 480 1081-1610

3.2 350 32.9 140 420 1081-1601 24 336 1081-1611

4.0 350 50.8 80 240 1081-1602 18 216 1081-1612

LEXAL E 22.9.3 N HR SVStandards:• EN 1600

EZ 22 9 3 NL R 53• AWS A 5.4

E 22 09-26

Main applications:• Welding of duplex steels.

This electrode can also be usedfor the heterogeneous welding of duplex steels on non-alloyedsteels.

Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 40 °C (J )


Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Cr N Mo

Typical values 0.016 1.0 1.6 0.010 0.020 9.0 22.8 0.15 3.3

Approvals:D.N.V. - L.R.S. - B.V. - G.L. - ABS.


Specific characteristics:• A high metal recovery rutile electrode (140%).

A duplex steel core allows taking the technical aspects of the product into account. The deposited metal was subject to a characterisation at the G 48 A corrosion test of the ASTM.

• It comes vacuum-packed its use does not necessitate any prior drying.

• However, after prolonged exposure to the surrounding air,a drying may be necessary (optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C).

DC

ACUo ≥50 V




4.0 450 91.0 8 128 1081-1606

38

Coated electrodes

SAFINOX B NC 75.15 MStandards:• AWS A 5.11

E Ni Cr Fe 2• GOST 10052-75

E10 Kh 20 N70 G 2 M2 B2

Main applications:• Welding of nickel austenitic steels with 5% to 9%

nickel. Welding of chromium and molybdenum steels to each other, without the need for heat treatment. This electrode can be used to weld dissimilar materials,especially when a high resistance to creep at high temperatures is required. It can also be used in all cryogenic applications.



Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo Nb+Ta Fe

Typical values 0.04 0.2 2.0 0.005 0.015 16 69 1.4 1.8 8.5

Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - CONTROLAS - D.N.V.


Specific characteristics:• Very high resistance to hot cracking

of weld metal. Excellent impact strength properties at low temperature.Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.


Working conditions:• Keep the arc short. For quality work, the craters

at the ends of the welds should be ground.

DC




2.5 300 17.3 100 600 1081-0392 25 1082-0006

3.2 350 33.9 140 420 1081-0396 10 1082-0007

4.0 350 48.6 100 300 1081-0394 - -

SAFINOX B 011Standards:• AWS A 5.11

E Ni Cr Fe 3

Main applications:• Welding of nickel austenitic steels.• Welding of chromium and molybdenum steels without

the need for heat treatment.• This electrode can be used to weld dissimilar materials,

especially when a high resistance to creep at high temperatures is required. It can also be used in all cryogenic applications.



Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Nb+Ta Fe

Typical values 0.04 0.5 8.5 0.012 0.010 14 67 1.7 7.5

Specific characteristics:• Optimum drying conditions:

1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Very high resistance to hot cracking of weld metal.• Excellent impact strength properties

at low temperatures.

Working conditions:• Keep the arc short.• For quality work, the first penetration runs and the

craters at the ends of the welds should be ground.

DC




2.5 300 19.3 95 570 1081-1326

3.2 300 31.6 125 375 1081-1329

4.0 350 54.0 85 255 1081-1328

Electrodes for welding high alloyed and nickel steels - Inconel - Monel

39

Cha

pte

r 1

SAFINEL 625 SVStandards:• AWS A 5.11

E Ni Cr Mo 3

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of: corrosion resistant alloys,

either of the same or similar types; non-alloyed and low alloy steels.

• Welding of chromium and molybdenum steels to eachother without the need for heat treatment. This electrode can be used to weld dissimilar materials,especially when a high resistance to creep at high temperatures is required.

• It can also be used in all cryogenic applications.



Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe

Typical values 0.03 0.3 0.8 0.005 0.010 22 63 9.0 3.5 1.2

Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - D.N.V. - CONTROLAS - MN.

Specific characteristics:• Very high resistance to hot weld metal.• Homogeneous core.• Excellent impact strength properties

at low temperatures.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• It comes vacuum-packed, its use does not require

any prior drying.• However, after prolonged exposure to the

surrounding air, a redrying may be necessary(optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C/ 350 °C).

DC




2.5 300 17.1 32 512 1081-1360

3.2 350 29.0 24 336 1081-1361

4.0 350 50.0 20 280 1081-1362

5.0 350 77.1 8 144 1081-1363

FREEZAL E Ni 9Standards:• AWS A 5.11

E Ni Cr Mo 6

Main applications:• Welding of steels with 5 and 9%

Ni with AC or DC current.• The yield strength is high

and the toughness at low temperatures is good.

Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 196 °C (J )


Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe

Typical values 0.06 0.2 3.5 0.005 0.017 13.5 64 6.0 1.3 9.6


Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery 115%.• Optimum drying conditions:

1.5 hours at 300 °C/ 350 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Very high resistance to hot cracking of weld metal.• Excellent impact strength properties at low temperature.

Working conditions:• Keep the arc short.• For quality work the craters at the ends of the welds should be ground.

DC

ACUo ≥70 V


Diameter Length Approx. Vaccum packagingmm mm weight Quantity


2.5 350 28.4 26 416 W 000 202 179

3.15 350 49.4 18 216 W 000 202 180

4.0 350 71.2 16 160 W 000 202 181

5.0 450 144 6 84 W 000 235 271

40

Coated electrodes

SAFINEL B N CU 7Standards:• AWS A 5.11

E Ni Cu 7

Main applications:• Welding MONEL type nickel-copper alloys

and cupro-nickel alloys. This electrode can be used for heterogeneous welding of the type: MONEL/copper, MONEL/nickel and MONEL/steels.



Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cu Ni Ti Fe

Typical values 0.07 0.7 3.5 0.005 0.010 remainder 65 0.4 2.0


1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Resistant to corrosion and to oxidation at high

temperatures.

DC




2.5 300 16.4 220 660 on request

3.2 350 32.7 140 420 1081-1381

SAFINEL B CU NiStandards:• AWS A 5.6

E Cu Ni

Main applications:• Welding of cupro-nickels and surfacing on MONEL

underlayer.• Recommended in seawater desalination installations.



Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cu Ni Ti Fe

Typical values 0.03 0.4 1.9 0.005 0.010 remainder 31 0.2 0.6


1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Resistant to corrosion by seawater and saline

solutions.

DC




2.5 350 21.7 190 570 on request

Electrodes for welding high alloyed and nickel steels - Inconel - Monel

Cha

pte

r 1

41

SAFONTE DOUCEStandards:• AWS A 5.15

E Ni Fe-Ci(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of new cast iron parts:

- alloyed cast irons,- cast irons with high mechanical strengths,- cast irons with spheroidal graphite,- gray cast irons,- cast irons with steel.

Mechanical characteristicsHardness: 150 - 170 H.B.Deposit can be worked with a file or a tool.

Chemical analysis (Deposited metal)Alloy with an high nickel content (nickel: 52%).

Specific characteristics:• SAFONTE DOUCE’s ease of use, together

with the characteristics of the weld metal, solve almost all problems involved in welding cast iron, particularly when sealing and machineability are required.

• Very careful preparation is important: clean surfaces, bevel,square-off joint lines, etc.

• Keep local heating down by:- using a small diameter electrode,- using the lowest possible current and a medium arc length,- using a short, narrow and carefully spaced runs.

• Avoid sudden cooling. Preheating (50 to 300 °C) is sometimes necessary.

• In some cases, peening may be advisable immediately afterapplication of each weld bead.

• Keep electrodes away from moisture.• Where necessary, dry at 80 °C for 30 minutes to 1 hour.

DCor

ACUo ≥45 V




2.5 350 19.1 110 660 1081-0332 26 1082-0011

3.2 350 31.1 70 420 1081-0336 12 1082-0012

4.0 350 46.8 45 270 1081-0334 - -

Special electrodes for welding cast iron and non ferrous metals

SAFONTE NiStandards:• AWS A 5.15

E Ni Ci

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of new and used cast

iron parts:- malleable and ductile cast irons,- alloyed cast irons,- gray cast irons,- cast irons with copper or steel,- repairs to cast iron parts subjected to ther-

mal shocks,- welding of used cast irons, cast irons which

have been “burned”, impregnated with oil or chemicals.

Mechanical characteristicsHardness: 150 - 170 H.B.Deposit can be worked with a file or a tool.

Chemical analysis (Deposited metal)Alloy with a very high nickel content (nickel > 93%).

Specific characteristics:• SAFONTE Ni associates the metallurgical

characteristics of the deposited metal and remarkable general use properties in all positions.

• However, the very high nickel weld metal makes for:- improved bonding to used cast irons;- higher machineability under difficult conditions.

• Keep electrodes away from moisture. Where necessary, dry at 80 °C for 30 minutes to 1 hour.

DC

ACUo ≥45 V




2.5 350 18.1 135 810 1081-0572 26 1082-0016

3.2 350 32.1 80 480 1081-0575 11 1082-0017

4.0 350 47.0 50 300 1081-0574 - -

42

Coated electrodes

SAFBRONZALUStandards:• AWS A 5.6

E Cu Mn Ni Al(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of cupro-aluminum and copper

alloys. Assembly of copper, ferrous and cast iron parts to each other.

• Surfacing of various metals when a high resistance to saline corrosion is required.

• High resistance to wear caused by rolling and sliding.

Mechanical characteristicsTypical values Average values

Hardness HB 80 to 100 88

Chemical analysisSi Mn Ni Fe Al Cu

Typical values 0.6 13.0 2.5 3.0 7.1 remainder


1 to 1.5 hours at 100 °C / 120 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.

Working conditions:• Preheating between 200 °C and 350 °C,

depending on the nature of the parent metal and the size of the workpieces.

• Keep the arc short.• For quality work, the first penetration runs and the

craters at the ends of the weld should be ground.

DC




3.15 450 32.9 170 510 1081-0144

4.0 450 51.4 110 330 1081-0145

SAFALU 5 SiStandards:• AWS A 5.3

E 40 43

Main applications:• Mainly used for welding aluminium cast alloys

with up to 6% silicon. This electrode can be usedfor AS 12 and, depending on the working conditions, for welding pure aluminum or AG.

Mechanical characteristicsYS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%)


Chemical analysisAl Si

Typical values 95 5.0

DC

Special electrodes for welding cast iron and non ferrous metals


Diameter Length Standard packaging Mini packagingmm mm Quantity Quantity

per box Cat. no. per box Cat. no.

2.5 350 2 kg 1084-2510 40 elect. 1082-0040

3.2 350 2 kg 1084-2511 25 elect. 1082-0041

Hard surfacing

SAFER ND 100 Main applications:• Rails, galets, frettes de laminoir, arbres, glissières

barbotins, reconstitution de dents d’engrenage divers,rechargement des aciers au Cr-Mo.

Key features:• Better for reshaping than rutile electrodes.

Performance:

Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated

a) 270-310 HV no limit 3.15 / 450 1081-6278 - 115 45.3b) 230-260 HV 4 / 450 1081-6279 80 68.4T oil 850-875 °C - Ann. at 550 °C

Coated electrodes for hard surfacing

1 impact

2 abrasion

3 high temperature

4 corrosion

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFER R 400 Main applications:• Non alloyed steel, agricultural tools, earth moving

equipment, SAFER R600 underlayer.

Key features:• Very easy to use, resistant to metal/metal friction.

Performance:


a) 240-290 HV 3 max. 3.15 / 450 1081-0191 - 160 38.3b) 350-400 HV 4 / 450 1081-0192 115 56.8T water 900-950 °C 5 / 450 1081-0193 80 86.3

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SUPERSAFINOX 13 Main applications:• Turbine blades, valves and valve sheets, earth moving

equipment and mill component underlayers, dredges and harbour equipment.

Key features:• Resistant to oxidation and corrosion.

Performance:


a) 370-420 HV no limit 2.5 / 350 1081-0271 - 125 32.73.15 / 450 1081-0272 75 70.6

4 / 450 1081-0273 45 107.5

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFMANGA Main applications:• Renovation of all parts in 13 % Mn, steel track

equipment, grinding mill, armouring and wear plates, etc.

Key features:• Work hardens on impact at ambient temperature.

Performance:


a) 200 HV no limit 3.15 / 450 1081-0683 - 140 48.4b) 500 HV 4 / 450 1081-0684 90 70.3(after work hrden.) 4 / 450 1081-0687 (1) 20 67.7

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFCOBALTGRADE 6

Main applications:• Iron and steel industry: tips of ingot grippers.

Chemicals industry. Wood industry.

Key features:• Resistant to corrosion oxidation, thermal shock

and mechanical impact, even at red heat.

Performance:


a) 360 HV 3 max. 3.2 / 350 1084-3433 1.8 - -b) 400 HV 4 / 350 1084-3434 2.0 - -Ann. at 900 °C/1 h 5 / 350 1084-3435 2.0 - -

good1234

very good excellent

To order

(1) Vacuum-packed

43

Cha

pte

r 1

44

SAFER R 600 Main applications:• Parts where abrasion and impact are dominant

all agricultural and earth moving equipment tools.

Key features:• Very easy to use. Resistant to abrasion

(cannot be machined).

Performance:


a) 550-650 HV no limit 3.15 / 450 1080-0201 - 135 40.74 / 450 1080-0202 - 90 61.65 / 450 1080-0203 - 60 97.5

Coated electrodes for hard surfacing

1 impact

2 abrasion

3 high temperature

4 corrosion

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SUPERSAFOR 60 Main applications:• Earth moving and harbour equipment, mining,

drilling cement works - iron and steel industry, mills, etc. temperature ≤ 450 °C.

Key features:• Less scaling than SAFDUR 800E deposit.

Performance:


a) 700 HV 2 or 3 max. 3.15 / 450 1081-0673 - 75 65.04 / 450 1081-0674 - 45 109.9

good1234

very good excellent

To order

CRINITARC 650 C Main applications:• Excellent performance for working soil and rock.

General purpose for earth-moving agriculture, brickmaking, etc., temperature ≤ 500 °C.

Key features:• Very easy to use, better impact resistance

than SUPERSAFOR 60 deposit

Performance:


a) 700 HV 2 or 3 max. 3.2 / 450 1084-2523 3.4 kg - -b) 700 HV 4 / 350 1084-2524 3.4 kg - -Ann. at 900 °C/1 h

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFDUR 800 E Main applications:• Cement works, iron and steel, milling of hot ores,

foundries, etc. temperature ≤ 700 °C.

Key features:• High recovery and easy handling, keeps high hardness

at high temperature.

Performance:


a) 750 HV 2 or 3 max. 3.15 / 450 1081-0743 - 85 50.94 / 450 1081-0744 - 55 98.9

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFER 345 B Main applications:• Repair tread of rail.

Key features:• Very good handling and excellent resistance to impact.

Performance:


a) 320 HV no limit 4 / 450 1081-0689 - 80 69.21081-0691 (1) - 18 69.2

good1234

very good excellent

To order

(1) Vacuum-packed

Hard surfacing

45

Cha

pte

r 1

To order:Designation Description Electrodes Cat. no.

ØScrew type

1-VESTALETTE Power* 250 AMaxi section cable 35 mm 2 4.0 mm W 000 010 035Weight 320 g

2-STUBBY Power* 400 AMaxi section cable 70 mm 2 6.3 mm W 000 010 036Weight 450 g

3-MASTER Power* 500 AMaxi section cable 95 mm 2 8.0 mm W 000 010 037Weight 530 g

4-VESTALE Power* 500 AMaxi section cable 95 mm 2 8.0 mm W 000 010 038Weight 480 gClamp type

5-COBRA Power* 300 AMaxi section cable 50 mm 2 6.3 mm W 000 010 039Weight 405 g

6-TONG GRIP Power* 400 AMaxi section cable 70 mm 2 6.3 mm W 000 010 040Weight 500 g

7-TECHNIGRIP Power* 500 AMaxi section cable 95 mm 2 6.3 mm 0058-0020Weight 540 g

* According to duty cycle at 35%

Toorder:

0042-02040042-0201

0042-0202

0042-0203

Ovens for electrodes

Cables and earth clamps see chapter 6

Electrode holders

Ovens, electrode holders

EN 60974-11

1

2

3

3

4

5

6

7

2

1

Designation Description Supply voltage Power Capacity Temperature Dimensions: H x W x L (mm) Net outside inside weight

Portable oven1 - EP 102 N for storing 24 V single phase 220 W 1 standard pack* preset 120 °C 330 x 212 x 280 330 x 212 x 280 5.5 kg

electrodes 220 V single phase 220 W 1 standard pack* preset 120 °C 330 x 212 x 280 330 x 212 x 280 5.5 kg

2 - EP 300 PNPortable oven for storing electrodes 220 V single phase 300 W 3 standard pack* preset 120 °C 575 x 260 x 250 Ø 135 x 480 12 kgProgrammable

3 - EP 350PN tri cabinet for storing 220 - 380 V 2 400 W 16 standard pack* from 50 °Cand baking three phase to 360 °C 1 145 x 775 x 535 450 x 490 x 300 100 kgelectrodes

*1 standard pack is equivalent to a transverse cross-section of 43 cm 2 (NF 85620)

1794

-021

0947

-045

0947

-045

0947

-068

1198

-058

1415

-054

0947

-065

0947

-064

0947

-067

0823

-029

2063

-002

47

Chapter 2TIG welding

48

TIG welding

Power Nature of current PAC HF Welding current Simple Complete Pulse Weight Productsupply alternating direct striking striking (amperes) cycle cycle mode kg name

AC ~ DC =100 200 300 400

single-phase - ✔ - ✔ ✔ - no 10 SAXOTIG 1600 single-phase - ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ option 10 SAXOTECH 1700single-phase - ✔ - - - ✔ yes 19 SAXOTECH 2200single-phase - ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ option 28 PRESTOTIG 250three-phase - ✔ - ✔ ✔ - no 104 AVISO 250 DCthree-phase - ✔ - ✔ ✔ - no 159 AVISO 350 DCthree-phase - ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ yes 99 ADMIRAL 350 DCsingle-phase ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ - no 18 SAXOTIG 1600 AC/DCsingle-phase ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ yes 23.5 PRESTOTIG 220 AC/DC (W)three-phase ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ option 31 PRESTOTIG 320 AC/DC (W)single-phase ✔ ✔ - ✔ - ✔ option 182 AVISO 300 AC/DC synchrothree-phase ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ yes 149 ADMIRAL 500 AC/DC

Legend:

�

��

�

��

��

��

�

�I mini I at 60% I maxi� �

The transferral of metal

Remotecontrol

Torch

Tungsten electrode (nonconsumable)

Fillermetal

rodNozzle

Arc

Moltenpool

Inertatmosphere

Inert welding gas

Pressure regulator/flowmeter

Power source

Filler metal rod

TIG welding generalities and quick choice criteria

Welding direction

Choice criteria

Scheme of a manual installation for TIG welding

3551

-046

0255

-029

2000

-173

Pre-gasTorch and harness is purged beforestriking.

Initial welding time and currentAllows to pre-heat a piece and to position it correctly on the joint to be welded.

Up slopeAllows a progressive rising of the welding current.

Arc slope downPrevents a crater at the end of the welding cycle and prevents the risks of crackingparticularly light alloys.

Final current and timeUseful in positional welding for continuing the welding cyclewithout extinguishing the arc completely.

Post-gasProtection of the work piece and the electrode after weldingcompleted.

Balance Accentuates, during AC welding the penetration or the cleaning phase.

Pulsed weldingMakes position welding and welding of thin sheet plateeasier, and prevents the collapse of the molten pool.Allows a regular deposit of filler metal and improves the penetration.

TackingAllows a quick tacking of the joint before welding.

49

Cha

pte

r 2

The TIG welding sets of SAF with HF striking are equipped with:• connection with trigger control: 5-pin plug with automatic

recognisation of the torch (water/air),• "gas power" central connection type DINSE.

For the connection of an older type torch on a new welding set, and reverse, use the intermediates made for this action.Cat.no. 0377-3433 old torch on new welding sets.Cat.no. 0377-3432 new torch on old welding sets.

Welding(permanentduty cycle)

Legend for TIG welding

New connection for TIG torches and welding sets

TIG welding cycles

PAC SYSTEM striking device

Contact

Pre-gas

Welding

Etablish-ment of the arc

Slopedownandpost-gas

HFstriking device

WeldingPre-gas

HFstrikingdevice

Slopedown andpost-gas

SIMPLE COMPLETE

Pre

-gas

Up

slop

e

Welding(permanentduty cycle)

Slo

pe d

own

Pre

-gas

Initi

al c

urre

nt le

vell

Up

slop

e

Vani

shin

g of

the

arc

Slo

pe d

own P

ost-

gas

2nd weldinglevel

(in case of torch with a double trigger)

Pos

t-ga

s

50

1 - SAXOTIG 1600 2 - SAXOTECH 1700 3 - SAXOTECH 2200 4 - PRESTOTIG 250

Power supply 230 V 50-60 Hz 230 V 50-60 Hz 230 V 50-60 Hz 400 V ± 10% 50-60 Hzsingle-phase single-phase single-phase single-phase

Primaryconsumption 19 A (TIG) 22 A (TIG) 16 A (PFC) 11 AI max 29 A (MMA) 34 A (MMA)

No-loadvoltage 80 V 66 V 80 V 108 V

Weldingcurrent 5 A - 150 A 5 A - 160 A 5 A - 220 A 3 A - 250 A

Dutycycle

100% 100 A 110 A 180 A

10 min. 60% 120 A 140 A 200 Acycle

35% 150 A 160 A 220 A 250 A(at 40 °C)

Electrodediameter 4 mm 4 mm 5 mm 5 mm

Dimensions( l x w x h ) 420 x 175 x 300 mm 430 x 190 x 320 mm 430 x 220 x 450 mm 620 x 245 x 410 mm

Net weight 10 kg 10 kg 19 kg 28 kg

SAXOTIG and PRESTOTIGSingle-phase portable inverters for MMA and TIG DC high quality works on non-alloyed or stainless steels.

TIG welding

1SAXOTIG 16004 decisive advantages:• HF striking,• simple welding cycle 2S/4S,• pre-gas, slope-down

and post-gas adjustableon the front panel,

• using MMA: arc dynamics and striking dynamics.

3SAXOTECH 22003 decisive advantages:• complete welding cycle,• pulsed current,• choice of two current levels.

To order• Standard equipment:- Cat no. W 000 056 006• Add-ons:PROTIG 20 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-6213PROTIG 30 RL 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-8243• Options:Maintenance box : for PROTIG 20 Cat. no. 0429-9002for PROTIG 30 Cat. no. 0429-9003

4PRESTOTIG 2504 decisive advantages:• multi-purpose installation:

TIG DC/pulsed TIG/coated electrode

• complete welding cycle with display of the parameters

• digital display of the parameters(I and U)

• memorization of 100 programs

To order• Standard equipment:- 1 PRESTOTIG 250 single-phase

50-60 Hz,- 1 primary cable L = 5 m- 1 gas hose L = 2 m

with a gas connector- 1 earth cable equipped with a DINSE

connector and an earth socketCat. no. 0389-0480

• Add-ons: PROTIG 30 RL C5B 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-8243PROTIG 10W RL C5B 5 m torchCat. no. 0423-0243

• Options:Maintenance box PROTIG 30/30WCat. no. 0429-9003Maintenance box PROTIG 10/10WCat. no. 0429-9001Trolley RUNNYTIG Cat. no. 0387-1110Cooling unit REFRISAFCat. no. 9157-0414Accessory kit MMA PRO ARC 300Cat. no. 0042-0300Remote control BB-BOX (MMA-TIG)Cat. no. 9160-1071Remote control for pulsed currentCat. no. 0389-0328Autotransformer POWER BOXCat. no. 9160-1056

2SAXOTECH 17004 decisive advantages:• pulsed TIG,• complete welding cycle,• digital display

of the parameters,• potentiometer torch.

To order• Standard equipment:- 1 SAXOTIG 1600 single-phase

50-60 Hz,- 1 primary cable L = 3 m

with SHOKO plug- 1 earth cable L = 3 m with

earth clamp and DINSE connector- 1 equipped gas hose L = 3 mCat. no. 0389-0430 • Add-ons: PROTIG 10 RLS torchCat. no. 0420-2213PROTIG 20 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-6213Accessory kit MMA PRO ARC 300Cat. no. 0042-0300• Options:Maintenance box :for PROTIG 20 Cat. no. 0429-9002for PROTIG 10 Cat. no. 0429-9001

To order• Standard equipment:- 1 SAXOTECH 1700

single-phase 50-60 Hz,- 1 primary cable L = 2 m- 1 equipped gas hose L = 3 m Cat. no. 0389-0425• Add-ons:PROTIG 10 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-2213PROTIG 20 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-6213Accessory kit MMA PRO ARC 300Cat. no. 0042-0300• Options:Maintenance box : for PROTIG 20 Cat. no. 0429-9002for PROTIG 10 Cat. no. 0429-9001 Pulsed

TIG

NNeeww2nd Quarter

2005

2001

-142

2003

-451

2719

-030

2063

-008

51

Cha

pte

r 2

ADMIRALPowerful, compact welding installation with inverter technology.Multi-purpose installation,recommended for workshop, for non-alloyed and stainless steel welding.

To order• Standard equipment:- 1 ADMIRAL 350 DC,- 1 primary cable- 1 earth cable,- 1 quick action coupling - a cooling unit- 1 LIQUISAF can

Cat. no. 0389-0460• Add-ons: PROTIG 30 RL C5B 8 m torchCat. no. 0420-8244PROTIG 10W RL C5B 8 m torchCat. no. 0423-0244• Options: Maintenance box PROTIG 30/30W torch Cat. no. 0429-9003

AVISOYour welding partner in workshops or on-site.Powerful, rugged and easy to use installations.HF striking and excellent stability.

4 - AVISO 250 DC 5 - AVISO 350 DC 6 - ADMIRAL 350 DC

Power supply 230/400 V 50-60 Hz 230/400 V 50-60 Hz 400 V ± 10% 50-60 Hzthree-phase three-phase three-phase

Primary 35 A ( 230 V ) 61 A ( 230 V ) 21.7 A ( TIG )consumption - I max 21 A ( 400 V ) 35 A ( 400 V ) 28.6 A ( MMA)No-loadvoltage 97 V 103 V 99 V

Weldingcurrent 5 A - 250 A 7 A - 350 A 4 A - 350 A

Duty cycle 100% 140 A (at 25 °C) 230 A 220 A10 min. cycle 60% 180 A (at 25 °C) 295 A 260 A(at 40 °C) 35% 250 A (at 25%) 350 A (at 30%) 350 AElectrodediameter 5.0 mm 6.3 mm 6.3 mm

Dimensions( l x w x h ) 650 x 460 x 720 mm 990 x 660 x 990 mm 1 090 x 610 x 97 mm

Net weight 104 kg 159 kg 99 kg

To order• Standard equipment: - 1 AVISO 250 DC,- 1 primary cable L = 5 m,- 1 earth cable

equipped of a screw clamp,- 1 quick gas coupling,

Cat. no. 0389-0440• Add-ons: PROTIG 30 RLS 8 m torchCat. no. 0420-8214• Options: Maintenance box PROTIG 30/30Wtorch Cat. no. 0429-9003Remote control boxCat. no. 0389-0310Pedal Cat. no. 0389-0311

To order• Standard equipment:- 1 AVISO 350 DC- 1 primary cable L = 5 m,- 1 earth cable equipped

of a screw clamp,- 1 quick gas coupling,

Cat. no. 0389-0450 (air version).Cat. no. 0389-0456 (water version).

• Add-ons: PROTIG 40 RLS 8 m torchCat. no. 0421-2214PROTIG 10W RLS 8 m torchCat. no. 0423-0214• Options: Maintenance box PROTIG 40 torch Cat. no. 0429-9004Maintenance box PROTIG 10/10W torch Cat. no. 0429-9001Remote control boxCat. no. 0389-0310Pedal Cat. no. 0389-0311

4AVISO 250 DC

5AVISO 350 DC

6ADMIRAL 350 DC4 decisive advantages:• pulsed TIG,• complete TIG welding cycle,• built-in cooling unit,• numerical control of the process.

2002

-454

2002

-573

2002

-229

2570

-004

3551

-046

52

TIG AC/DC range

TIG welding

PRESTOTIG 320 AC/DCThe three-phase transportable multi-processwelding installation.4 decisive advantages:• complete TIG welding cycle,

HF or PAC system striking,• using AC: adjustment

of the balance cleaning time / penetration,

• pulsed welding as standard,• welding of basic electrodes

up Ø 4 mm,• automatic Hot start, • arc dynamism adjustable.

To order• Standard equipment:- 1 PRESTOTIG 320 AC/DC- 3 m primary cable with European

plug,- 3 m earth cable with earth clamp,- 3 m gas hose + intermediate connector,

Cat. no. 0387-1250• Add-ons:PROTIG 30W EB C5B 5 m torchCat. no. 0423-2345PROTIG 40 RL C5B 8 m torchCat. no. 0421-2246Built-in potentiometer torch: consult us• Options:Maintenance box PROTIG 30/30Wtorch Cat. no. 0429-9003Cooling unit Cat. no. 9157-0416Trolley RUNNYTIG Cat. no. 0387-5027Remote control boxCat. no. 0389-0315Remote control box (pedal)Cat. no. 0389-0312

PRESTOTIG 220 AC/DCThe single-phase portable multi-process welding installation.6 decisive advantages:• low primary consumption

(only 16 A ),• complete TIG welding cycle,

HF or PAC system striking,• using AC: adjustment

of the balance cleaning time / penetration, pulsed welding as standard,

• welding of basic electrodes up Ø 4 mm,

• automatic Hot start, • arc dynamism adjustable.

To order• Standard equipment:- 1 PRESTOTIG 220 AC/DC,- 3 m primary cable with European

plug,- 3 m earth cable with earth clamp,- 3 m gas hose + intermediate connector,

Cat. no. 0387-1240• Add-ons:PROTIG 10W RL C5B 5 m torchCat. no. 0423-0243Built-in potentiometer torch: consult us• Options:Maintenance box PROTIG 10/10Wtorch Cat. no. 0429-9001Cooling unit REFRISAF 220Cat. no. 9157-0414Trolley RUNNYTIG Cat. no. 0387-1110Remote control box B-BOXCat. no. 0320-2710

1 2 3SAXOTIG 1600 AC/DCThe TIG AC/DC and MMA portable welding installationfor all your maintenance operations.4 decisive advantages:• robustness,• pulsed TIG,• potentiometer torch,• excellent ratio quality/price.

To order• Standard equipment::- 1 SAXOTIG 1600 AC/DC

single phase 50-60 Hz,- 1 primary cable L = 3 m- 1 equipped gas hose L = 2 mCat no. 0387-1170• Add-ons:PROTIG 10 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-2213PROTIG 20 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-6213• Options:Accessory kit MMA PRO ARC 300Cat. no. 0042-0300Maintenance box PROTIG 10/10Wtorch Cat. no. 0429-9001Maintenance box PROTIG 20 torch Cat. no. 0429-9002

2003

-457

2002

-545

2002

-549

2003

-554

2003

-557

0882

-031

53

Cha

pte

r 2

1 - SAXOTIG 1600 AC/DC 2 - PRESTOTIG 220 AC/DC 3 - PRESTOTIG 320 AC/DC 4 - AVISO 300 AC/DC synchro 5 - ADMIRAL 500 AC/DC

Power supply 230 V 50-60 Hz 230 V 50-60 Hz 230/380 V 50-60 Hz 230 /380/415 V 50-60 Hz 230/400 V 50-60 Hzsingle-phase single-phase three-phase single-phase three-phase

Primary25 A (220 V )

112 A (220 V ) 38 A (230 V)consomption 16 A 16 A 15 A (380 V) 65 A (380 V ) 27 A (400 V)I max 58 A (415 V ) No-load voltage 82 V 95 V 100 V 82 V 100 V

Welding current 5 - 220 A (DC) 4 - 500 A (TIG)5 - 150 A 10 - 220 A (AC) 4 - 300 A 10 - 310 A 70 - 350 A (MMA)

Duty cycle 100% 100 A 140 A 300 A 160 A 400 A10 min. cycle 60% 125 A 160 A - 205 A 450 A(at 40 °C) 35% 150 A (at 30%) 220 A - 310 A (at 30%) 500 AElectrode diameter 2.4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 6.3 mm 6.3 mmDimensions( L x W x H ) 430 x 220 x 450 mm 540 x 215 x 395 mm 685 x 385 x 330 mm 760 x 515 x 875 mm 960 x 590 x 1 170 mm

Net weight 21 kg 23.5 kg 40 kg 182 kg 149 kg

To order• Standard equipment:- 1 ADMIRAL 500 AC/DC,- 3.5 m primary cable,- 3 m earth cable equipped with clamp,- 3.5 m gas hose,- 1 built-in cooling unit,- 1 can of 5 liters liquid cooling.

Cat. no. 0387-1200• Add-ons:PROTIG 30 W RL CC5B 5mtorch Cat. no. 0423-2263PROTIG 30 W RL CC5B 8mtorch Cat. no. 0423-2264PROTIG 35 W RL CC5B 5mtorch Cat. no. 0423-3265PROTIG 35 W RL CC5B 8m torch Cat. no. 0423-3266PROTIG 40 W RL CC5B 8m torch Cat. no. 0423-4265PROTIG 40 W RL CC5B 8m torch Cat. no. 0423-4266• Options:Remote control: Current - Arc force -Hot-Start Cat. no. 0387-1115Remote control: Current – Frequency -Balance Cat. no. 0387-1116Remote control: Pulsed current – Basic current – Frequency – Cycle ratioCat. no. 0387-1117Remote control: Spot welding currentSpot welding time Cat. no. 0387-1118Remote control pedalCat. no. 0387-1119

AVISO 300 AC/DC synchroThe single-phase multi-voltage welding installation for TIG AC/DC and MMA welding.4 decisive advantages:• complete TIG welding cycle,• pulsed mode welding

with a remote controller,• HF striking with adjustable

striking dynamics,• excellent arc stability thanks

to the arc stabilizer.

To order• Standard equipment:- 1 AVISO 300 AC/DC- 1 primary cable- 1 earth cable- 1 torch connector

Cat. no. 0387-1220• Add-ons:PROTIG 40 RLS 8 m torchCat. no. 0421-2214PROTIG 10W RLS 8 m torchCat. no. 0423-0214• Options:Maintenance box PROTIG 40 torchCat. no. 0429-9004Maintenance box PROTIG 10/10Wtorch Cat. no. 0429-9001Trolley Cat. no. 0387-1059Remote control boxCat. no. 0387-4044Remote control box for pulsed currentCat. no. 0387-1123

4 5ADMIRAL 500 AC/DCThe high power AC/DC TIG installation. Inverter technology.4 decisive advantages:• complete TIG welding cycle,• built-in cooling unit,• welding coated electrodes up

to Ø 6.3 mm,• memorization of 15 programs.

2002

-083

0255

-025

2002

-061

54

MICROPLASMA and TIG process: manual and automatic welding applicationsFor the manual or automatic assembly of precious metals with a small thickness, 0.05 to 1 mm. (stainless steels, Inconel, titanium, silver and gold alloys). Electric components industries, electronics, small containers, metallic filters and tool repair.Medical sector, watchmakers, goldsmiths.

TIG welding

Primary power supply:• power supply ( V ) 230-400-440 V - 50-60 Hz. Three-phase • cos ϕ 0.91• max. primary power (phased) 6 A (under 400 V)

Secondary: • PLASMA always smooth and pulsed mini 80 m A - maxi 50 A at 100%• TIG smooth and pulsed mini 0.8 A - maxi 50 A at 60%• No load voltage 106 V• pulse frequency 1 Hz to 10 kHz

Other characteristics:• front programming by keys and code• display by LCD bill sticker• cooling by cooling unit outside power source• HF source built-in• main and annular gas circuit built-in - integrable• back shielding gas circuit option• protection class IP 23• weight 95 kg• dimensions (L x w x h) 650 x 360 x 750 mm

1 - NERTAMATIC 51

OPTIONS• Trolley

Cat. No. 9258-0329, to receive the following equipment:- NERTAMATIC 51,- REFRISAF 51,- 2 gas cylinders.

• Double footpedal remote control (replaces the torch's trigger) Cat. no. 9258-0268

• Trigger and current adjustment pedalCat. no. 9258-0354.

• Back weld gas protection device Cat. no. 9258-0731 (add a EUROSAF pressure regulator).

• P.C. software under Windows 3.1, 95 and 98 for NERTAMATIC 51 Cat. no. 9258-0353

Assures the cooling by liquid in a closed circuit of the SP 45 torch and the power source NERTMATIC 51:

• power supply 230 V/ 50-60 Hz• capacity 6 l• power consomption 2 200 W at 20 °C• weight 36 kg• dimensions ( L x W x H) 720 x 360 x 340 mm

2 - REFRISAF 51 Cooling unit.

1

2

Installationon trolley

• User friendly front panel.• Multilingual display.• Totally programmable welding

cycles.• Memory of 100 programs.• Configuration which is adapted

to the user’s needs.• Printing of programs.• Also for TIG welding.• Equipped of RS 232

for coupling a P.C. or printer• Cat. no. 9258-0326Characteristics: • Cooling by a liquid• Tungsten electrodes:

Ø 1 or 1.6 m, 75 or 150 mmlong,

• 4 m harness. An SP 20 manual or automatictorch can be supplied on request.This weighs considerably less and has a maximum current rating of 20 A at 100%.

• Cooling unit. Cat. no. 9258-0321.

3638

-049

3638

-038

2264

-006

NERTAMATIC 51:

REFRISAF 51:

55

Cha

pte

r 2

To order

2264

-008

Welding lathes

9258-0111 Ø 1.0 mm 9258-0115Ø 1.6 mm 0371-0258Ø 0.6 mm 9258-0182Ø 0.8 mm 9258-0167Ø 1.0 mm 9258-0168Ø 1.2 mm 9258-0169Ø 1.5 mm 9258-0170Ø 1.8 mm 9258-0171Ø 7.0 mm 9258-0176Ø 9.0 mm 9258-0177Ø 11 mm 9258-0178

Power supply 230 V - 50 Hz*Rotation speed 0.1 - 11 tr/minConcentricity of tail stock ± 0.02 mmTail stock force 1 950 NcmCentral axis 166 mmMaximum distance between point 500 mmMaximum admissible diameter 320 mmDrilling of plug Ø 48 mm• with axis 3 bits Ø 20/32/42 mm• with fastening holders Ø 16 mmWeight 150 kg

* For version 60 Hz and for other dimensions consult us.

Maintenance kit

Cat. no. 9258-0113, contains: • 2 constricting nozzles Ø 0.8 mm,• 2 constricting nozzles Ø 1.0 mm,• 2 constricting nozzles Ø 1.2 mm,• 2 constricting nozzles Ø 1.5 mm,• 2 constricting nozzles Ø 1.8 mm, • 2 electrode holders Ø 1.0 mm,• 2 electrode holders Ø 1.6 mm,• 1 alumina nozzle Ø 7 mm,• 1 alumina nozzle Ø 9 mm,• 1 alumina nozzle Ø11 mm,• 2 electrode centering cases Ø 1.0 mm,• 2 electrode centering cases Ø 1.6 mm,• 2 electrode centers Ø 1.0 mm,• 2 electrode centers Ø 1.6 mm,• 2 nozzle joints,• 2 cap joints,• 1 electrode positioning template,• 5 electrodes Ø 1.0 mm,• 5 electrodes Ø 1.6 mm.

Thoriated tungsten electrode (2%)

Torch SP 45 manual

Torchesand wear parts

Constrictingnozzles

Aluminanozzles

2264

-007

1794

-009

0608

-032

0608

-029

0950

-022

To order

9258-0112 Ø 1.0 mm 9258-0115Ø 1.6 mm 0371-0258Ø 0.6 mm 9258-0182Ø 0.8 mm 9258-0167Ø 1.0 mm 9258-0168Ø 1.2 mm 9258-0169Ø 1.5 mm 9258-0170Ø 1.8 mm 9258-0171Ø 7.0 mm 9258-0176Ø 9.0 mm 9258-0177Ø 11 mm 9258-0178

Thoriated tungsten electrode (2%)

Torch SP 45 automatic

Constrictingnozzles

Aluminanozzles

0704

-066

3534

-005

1794

-010

3534

-003

TIG welding

Air-cooled torches EN 50078 Water-cooled torches

0254

-014

PROTIG standard torches for “worksite” applications.Torches flexible and easy to handle. Easy maintenance. Woven sheath. Flexible harness. High mechanical strength.

PROTIG 30 WDuty cycle 100%: 350 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 15 mm• electrode Ø 4.0 mm



PROTIG 10 and PROTIG 10 VDuty cycle 35%: 125 AFitted as standard:• back cap medium• nozzle Ø 10 mm• electrode Ø 1.6 mm

PROTIG 20Duty cycle 35%: 150 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 10 mm• electrode Ø 2.0 mm

0254

-018

PROTIG 30 and PROTIG 30 VDuty cycle 35%: 200 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 12 mm• electrode Ø 2.4 mm


0254

-012

0254

-015

0254

-017

2000

-365

Recommended

for aluminium

welding

An extensive and a full range for worksite or workshopapplications in which it is possible to choose the productaccording to the application and wishes of the user. The PROTIG torches are delivered instantly ready for use. The choice is based on the type of handle, a round handle or an ergonomic handle and on the type of connection.

Torch PROTIG 10 with handle RL option

Torch PROTIG 20 with handle RB option

Torch PROTIG 30 with handle RBB option

Torch PROTIG 40 with handle RL option

PROTIG 10 W100%: 250 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 12 mm• electrode Ø 3.2 mm

Torch PROTIG 10 W with handle EBB

Torch PROTIG 30 W with handle RB option

Torch PROTIG 35 W with handle EEB

Torch PROTIG 40 W with handle RBB option

0254

-007

0254

-011

56

Choose your torch handle

0254

-04

0254

-12

0254

-16

0254

-18

R

RL

RB

RBB

Round handle for torch with valve (V)

Round handlewith lever

Round handlewith button.

Ergonomichandle with doublebutton

To order

Cha

pte

r 2

57

Chose your connection

Air-cooled PROTIG 10 PROTIG 20 PROTIG 30 PROTIG 40torches PROTIG 10 V PROTIG 30 V

Handle Connection 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 mRL S 0420-2213 0420-2214 0420-6213 0420-6214 0420-8213 0420-8214 0421-2213 0421-2214RB S 0420-2113 0420-2114 0420-6113 0420-6114 0420-8113 0420-8114 - -RL C5B - - 0420-6243 0420-6244 0420-8243 0420-8244 - -RL CC5B 0420-2263 0420-2264 0420-6263 0420-6264 0420-8263 0420-8264 0421-2263 0421-2264RBB CC5B - - - - 0420-8565 0420-8566 0421-2565 0421-2566R V 0420-4011 0420-4012 - - 0421-0011 0421-0012 - -

To order

Water-cooled PROTIG 10 W PROTIG 30 W PROTIG 35 W PROTIG 40 Wtorches

Handle Connection 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 mRL S 0423-0213 0423-0214 0423-2213 0423-2214 0423-3213 0423-8214 - -RB S 0423-0113S 0423-0114 0423-2113 0423-2114 - - - -RL C5B 0423-0243 0423-0244 - - - - - -RL CC5B 0423-0263 0423-0264 0423-2263 0423-2264 0423-3265 0423-3266 0423-4265 0423-4266RBB CC5B - - 0423-2565 0423-2566 - - - -

S C5B

CC5B

V

Simple connectors for sets with yellow front and old SAF logo and SAXOTIG/SAXOTECHrange.

0254-28

Compact hollow 5-pinconnectors for sets with white front and new logosother ranges

0254-25

0254-30

Simple torchwith valve (V)connectors for arc weldingpower supplies, old or newpresentation.

0254-027

Separate gas pipe and 5 pin - connectors for sets with white front - new range.

0608

-051

TIG welding

Air-cooled torches EN 50078 Water-cooled torches

0254

-014

0254

-011

PROTIG Plus torches for “workshop” applications.Neoprene sheath. Excellent resistance to spatter. Comfortable grip, multipositions. Ergonomic handle with one or two buttons.




PROTIG 10Duty cycle 35%: 125 AFitted as standard:• back cap medium• nozzle Ø 10 mm• electrode Ø 1.6 mm



0254

-017

0254

-007

0254

-017

0254

-007

0254

-015

0254

-011

0254

-012

0254

-007

0254

-018

0254

-007

0254

-007

Torch PROTIG 10 with handle EBB option Torch PROTIG 10 W with handle EBB option

Torch PROTIG 20 with handle EB option Torch PROTIG 30 W with handle EBB option

Torch PROTIG 30 with handle EBB option Torch PROTIG 40 W with handle EB option

Torch PROTIG 40 with handle EB option


58

Cha

pte

r 2

Choose your torch handle

0254

-10

0254

-08

EB

EBB

Ergonomichandlewith button

Ergonomicdouble buttonhandle.

To order

Choose your connection

Air-cooled PROTIG 10 PROTIG 20 PROTIG 30 PROTIG 40torches

Handle Connection 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 mEB C 0420-2325 0420-2326 0420-6325 0420-6326 0420-8325 0420-8326 0421-2325 0421-2326EB C5B 0420-2345 0420-2346 0420-6345 0420-6346 0420-8345 0420-8346 0421-2345 0421-2346EBB CC5B 0420-2445 0420-2446 0420-6445 0420-6446 0420-8445 0420-8446 0421-2445 0421-2446EB CC5B 0420-2365 0420-2366 0420-2365 0420-2366 0420-8365 0420-8366 0421-2365 0421-2366EBB CC5B 0420-2465 0420-2466 0420-2465 0420-2466 0420-8465 0420-8466 - -

To order

Water-cooled PROTIG 10 W PROTIG 30 W PROTIG 40 Wtorches

Handle Connection 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 mEB C 0423-0325 0423-0326 0423-2325 0423-2326 0423-4325 0423-4326EB C5B 0423-0345S 0423-0346 0423-2345 0423-2346 0423-4345 0423-4346EBB CC5B 0423-0445 0423-0446 0423-2445 0423-2446 0423-4445 0423-4446EB CC5B 0423-0365 0423-0366 0423-2365 0423-2366 0423-4365 0423-4366EBB CC5B 0423-0465 0423-0466 0423-2465 0423-2466 0423-4465 0423-4466

C

C5B

CC5B

Separate gas pipes and 5-pin connectorsfor sets with white front new range

Compact hollow 5-pinconnectors for sets with white front and new logos.

0254-30

Simpleconnectors for sets with yellow front and old SAFlogo.

0254-29

0254-27

The double button handle is used on inverter sets.Stepping the weld current down at the end of the welding cycle closes the crater cleanly.

Cat. no.in bold = on request

3551

-046

59

To order

PROTIG PROTIG PROTIG PROTIG PROTIG PROTIG PROTIGØ mm 5 10/10V/10W 20 30 /30V/30W 35 W 40 40 W

Back cap short - 0429-9525 0429-9528 0429-9528 0429-9531 0429-9533

medium - 0429-9526 - - - -

long - 0429-9527 0429-9530 0429-9530 0429-9532 429-9534

Back cap O-ring - 0429-9535 0429-9536 0429-9536 0429-9537 0429-9538

Sealing ring 0429-9510 0429-9511 0429-9512 0429-9512 0429-9513 -

Electrode collet - - standard straight standard straight - -

Ø 1.0 0429-9540 0429-9545 0429-9550 - 0429-9555 - 0429-9561 -

Ø 1.6 0429-9541 0429-9546 0429-9551 0429-9630 0429-9556 0429-9634 0429-9562 -

Ø 2.0 - 0429-9547 0429-9552 0429-9631 0429-9557 0429-9635 0429-9563 -

Ø 2.4 0429-9543 0429-9548 0429-9553 0429-9632 0429-9558 0429-9636 0429-9564 0429-9571

Ø 2.5 - 0429-9568 0429-9569 - 0429-9570 - - -

Ø 3.2 - 0429-9549 0429-9554 0429-9633 0429-9559 0429-9637 0429-9565 0429-9572

Ø 4.0 - - - - 0429-9560 - 0429-9566 0429-9573

Ø 4.8 - - - - - - 0429-9567 0429-9574

Collet body all diameter - 0429-9503 0429-9504 0429-9505 0371-1244** 0429-9506 0377-1301

Ø 1.0 0429-9500 - - - - -

Ø 1.6 0429-9501 - - - - -

Ø 2.4 0429-9502 - - - - -

Nozzle Ø 6 0429-9580 0429-9584 0429-9589 0429-9594 0429-9594 -

Ø 8 0429-9581 0429-9585 0429-9590 0429-9595 0429-9595 -

Ø 10 0429-9582 0429-9586 0429-9591 0429-9596 0429-9596 -

Ø 12 - 0429-9587 0429-9592 0429-9597 0429-9597 0429-9599 (Ø11)

Ø 15 - - - 0429-9598 0429-9598 0429-9600 (Ø14)

DIRISAF sealing ring - 0429-9511 0429-9519 0429-9519 0429-9520 -

DIRISAF collet body - 0429-9515 0429-9517* 0429-9517 0429-9518 -

DIRISAF filter 0429-9521 0429-9522 0429-9522 0429-9522 0429-9522

DIRISAF Ø 8 - 0429-9610 0429-9618* 0429-9618 0429-9618 -nozzle

Ø 10 - 0429-9611 0429-9619* 0429-9619 0429-9619 -

Ø 12 - 0429-9612 0429-9620* 0429-9620 0429-9620 -

Ø 15 - - 0429-9621* 0429-9621 0429-9621 -60

TIG welding

11 6

10 9 8 7

5 3 4 2 1

8 9

7

7

9

Version with DIRISAF for welding whereaccess is difficult.

2565

-037

6PROTIG 40 WA - insulating nut

Cat. no. 0377-1310B - O-ring

Cat. no. 0377-1307C - water distributor

Cat. no. 0377-1308

A C BB

2565

-036

2565

-038

• The "DIRISAF collet body"part is supplied with a filterand a DIRISAF ring

• The ring or the DIRISAF filter are supplied on their own.

* Use the electrode collet (sign 4) of the PROTIG 30 standard head.** possible to use also the PROTIG 40 collet body.

1

234

5

6

78910

choice of nozzleand6 10Welding current (A) 70 70 120 200 350

Diameter (mm) 6 8 10 12 15

Accessories and wear parts for PROTIG torches

To order

Ø mm Current (A) Lanthanum Thorium CeriumDC welding tungsten tungsten tungsten

1.0 10-80 W 000 010 373 W 000 010 002 W 000 010 022

1.6 60-150 W 000 010 016 - -50-120 - W 000 010 003 W 000 010 023

2.0 100-200 W 000 010 017 - -90-190 - W 000 010 004 W 000 010 024

2.4 150-250 W 000 010 018 - -100-230 - W 000 010 005 W 000 010 025

3.0 210-310 W 000 010 019170-300 - W 000 010 006 W 000 010 026

3.2 220-330 W 000 010 020 - -170-300 - W 000 010 007 W 000 010 027

4.0 350-480 W 000 010 021 - -260-450 - W 000 010 008 W 000 010 028

Electrode type Arc Arc Lasting Thermalstability striking resistance

Tungstène pur ✹✹ ✹ ✹ ✹Tungstène thorié ✹ ✹✹✹ ✹✹ ✹✹Tungstène cérium ✹✹ ✹ ✹✹ ✹✹Tungstène lanthane ✹✹ ✹✹✹ ✹✹✹ ✹✹✹

Sharpening machine TIG-SHARP tungsten electrodeLongitudinal sharpening, precise and symmetrical angle.Individual case including:• sharpening machine,• an equerre for blocking in fixed position on established,• a standard blue head for electrode Ø 1.6 / 2.0 / 2.4 / 3.2,• a aspiration nozzle connecting on aspiration

system for extracting tungsten dust,• electrode holder, assembling/disassembling of tools.

Cat. no. 0371-4000Technical characteristics:• Supply voltage 220-230 V• Frequency 50-60 Hz• Power 400 W• Amperage 1.8 A• Rotating speed 30 000 tr/min• Weight 1.85 kg• Conform to CE standard

Options • Red head for electrodes

Ø 1.0 - 4.0 - 4.8 - 6.0Cat. no. 0371-4002

• Diamond disc of replacementCat. no. 0371-4001

To order

PROTIG 10 VRon power source with 50 mm2

socket.

0254

-30-

3302

54-2

7-31

0254

-32

2002

-002

2004

-218

Cat. no. 0377-3432

Cat. no. 0377-3433

Cat. no. 0377-3503

Tungsten electrodes 11 Accessories

Pure tungsten (for light alloys)

Tungsten with oxide additives: lanthanum, thorium and cerium (for steels and stainless steels)

Comparison of electrodes properties*

* Color code is in accordance to the DIN/EN 26848 requirements and printed on the electrode end.

✹✹✹ Excellent ✹✹ Good ✹ Average

Torch with central gas to power supply with separate gas.

Torch with separate gas to power supply with central gas.

Maintenance box

A comprehensive kit for all your applications. The box includes for each torch complete sets of electrode col-lets, nozzles, back caps and a collet body.

PROTIG 5/5W 0429-9000*PROTIG 10/10V/10W 0429-9001PROTIG 20 0429-9002PROTIG 30/30V/30W 0429-9003PROTIG 40/35W 0429-9004PROTIG 40W 0429-9005

* 3 collet bodies and 1 key.

Extension assembliesThe extension harnesses are 15 m long and fitted with quick-fitconnectors and "banana" and "5-pin" type trigger plugs.The connectors are protected by a leather cover with "velcro" fasteners.For torches with separate gas pipe:• air-cooled version 0429-9080• water-cooled version 0429-9081

For torches with central gas pipe:• air-cooled version 0429-9082• water-cooled version 0429-9083

Ø mm Current (A) Pure AC welding tungsten

1.0 10-50 W 000 010 009

1.6 40-80 W 000 010 010

2.0 60-110 W 000 010 011

2.4 70-120 W 000 010 012

3.0 90-180 W 000 010 013

3.2 90-180 W 000 010 014

4.0 160-240 W 000 010 015 0254

-034

2565

-035

Adapters

61

Cha

pte

r 2

TIG welding

DVT: TIG wire feed system with regulating device.Principle of the processAt the front of a TIG torch, one feeds out, at a constant speed, a cold wire which, at the same time, effects a “back and forth”movement. Paying out the filler metal is ensuredby a payout plate which has 2 or 4 rollers. The wire feed speed acts on the size of the dropsof metal which are deposited, whereas the “backand forth” rythm determines the number of drops deposited.

Tungsten electrode

(non consumable)

Filler metal

Welding direction

Filler wire device ( attached to thetorch)

Nozzle

ArcMolten pool

Inert atmosphere

Advantages

• Increased productivityIn all cases, one sees a clear improvement in performance, whatever gas is used. This improvement of performance is obtainedthanks to various gases of AL range. The welding speeds become comparable with that of MIG manual welding.

• Ease of usePROTIG DVT torches are extremely flexible and the position of the wire lead-in (over the pool) is highly appreciated by welders.TIG DVT welding is easily carried out in “all positions”.

• Increased comfortWorking with DVT is less tiring, for the welder.He keeps one hand completely free and can focus his attention entirely on the arc,this makes his work more precise and thus of better quality. If one compares it to MIG welding, the operation is less noisyand does not generate spatter.

Welding speed in cm/min.(stainless steel, thickness 2 mm)

Gas

ARCAL 121ARCAL 31

ARCAL 32

ARCAL 11ARCAL 10

TIG DVT

TIG

MIG

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

62

Diagram of installation:

Package with DUOBOX: see their contents in standard offer

TIG SAF power source

Adapter

230 V/ACsingle-phase

or400 V/AC

three-phase

DUOBOX

StandardTIG torch

TIG DVT torchWire feed

24 V/AC

230 V/AC single-phase Transformer

Part to weld

DVT 15or 23

TIG SAF power source

Adapter


or400 V/AC

three-phase

TIG DVT torch

Wire feed

24 V/AC


Part to weld

Transformer

DVT 15or 23

Simple installation: 1 DVT torch Double installation: 1 standard torch + 1 DVT torch

63

Cha

pte

r 2

Options:

AdapterAdapter to connect a DVT to a TIGpower source with central gas connection.Cat. no. 0377-3433

0254

-031

DUOBOXFor connection to a single TIG powersource of a DVT and a standard TIGtorch. 24 V / AC power supply included.Cat. no. 0389-0112

1919

-002

1 - Wire feeder DVT 15 2 - Wire feeder DVT 23 Power supply via transformeror DUOBOX 24 V AC 24 V AC

Power 100 VA 100 VA Duty cycle 250 A at 60% 450 A at 60%Feet-out plate 2 rollers, single-motor 4 rollers, twin-motorAdjustment single-button synergetic independent (speed + rythm)Diameter of spool 200 mm: as standard 200 mm: possible

300 mm: option 300 mm: as standardDimensions ( L x W x H) 474 x 250 x 365 mm 755 x 420 x 490 mmNet weight 16 kg 20 kg

DVT wire-feed units

1

DVT 15Single-motor with 2 rollers. Spool Ø 200 mm.

2 decisive advantages:• Easy to use and can be used

by all welders.• adjustment on wire-feed unit

or on the torch in synergy:- wire-feed speed and rhythm (until 550 drops/min).

2

DVT 23Twin-motor with 4 rollersSpool Ø 200 or 300 mm.

2 decisive advantages:• for high adjustment precision:

independent adjustment:- of the synergetic wire-feed speed,- of the rhythm,

• complete control over the size and number of drops (330 drops/min. max)).

To order:• Wire-feed unit only

Cat. No. 0389-0110• Package including:- 1 wire-feed unit DVT 15, - 1 torch with potentiometer

PROTIG 10WP 3.5 m, - 1 box of accessories MAL 10W DVT,- 1 hollow DINSE adapter, - 1 set of cerium electrodes Ø 2.4 mm, - 1 wire lead-in sheath, - 1 power supply box,

Cat. no. 0389-0120.• Principal options:- torch PROTIG DVT air: possible, - torch PROTIG DVT water: possible,- PROTIG torch DVT

with potentiometer: possible,- carriage type DVT with spool

support, Ø 300 mm and spool cover,Cat. no. 0389-0118

- Adapter Cat. no. 0377-3433,- Transformer 230/24 V

Cat. no. 0389-0131,- DUOBOX. Cat. no. 0389-0130 • Standard offer: UI 01-100

To order:• Wire-feed unit only

Cat. no. 0389-0111• Package including: - 1 wire-feed unit DVT 23, - 1 torch with lever PROTIG 10W 3.5 m, - 1 box of accessories MAL 10W DVT,- 1 hollow DINSE adapter, - 1 set of cerium electrodes Ø 2.4 mm, - 1 wire lead-in sheath,- 1 power supply box,

Cat. no. 0389-0121.• Principal options:- torch PROTIG DVT air: possible, - torch PROTIG DVT water: possible,- carriage type DVA with spool

support Ø 300 mm,Cat. no. 9162-0089

- Spool cover Cat. no. 9161-0084,

- Adapter Cat. no. 0377-3433,

- Transformer 230/24 VCat. no. 0389-0131,

- DUOBOX Cat. no. 0389-0130• Standard offer: UI 02-100

2001

-394

2001

-353

2001

-347

Torch with potentiometer

Precision work Universel applicationswith DIRISAF on unalloyed steel on unalloyed steel,and stainless steel stainless steel and aluminiumPiping/ Sheet metalsheet metal work

Cases MAL 10W MAL 20/30W MAL 10W MAL 20/30WDVT D DVT D DVT DVT0429-9660 0429-9661 0429-9662 0429-9663

Type of torch PROTIG 10 W PROTIG 20 PROTIG 30 W PROTIG 10 W PROTIG 20 PROTIG 30 WDC cerium Ø 2.4 mm Ø 2.4 mm Ø 3.2 mm Ø 2.4 mm Ø 2.4 mm Ø 3.2 mmelectrodes 0371-0534 0371-0534 0371-0537 0371-0534 0371-0534 0371-0537AC tungsten Ø 2.4 mm Ø 2.4 mm Ø 3.2 mmelectrodes - - 0371-0506 0371-0506 0371-0507Recommendedwire diameter 0.6 to 0.8 mm 0.6 to 1.0 mm 0.6 to 1.2 mm 0.6 to 0.8 mm 0.6 to 1.0 mm 0.6 to 1.2 mm

To order:

TIG welding

64

Essential equipment, depending on the applications

Harness, Maximum Type of With With Coolingsheath and amperage DVT poten- levertorch body tiometer

10W DVT P 250 A at 100% 15 yes - water 0429-9650

20 DVT P 150 A at 35% 15 yes - air 0429-9652

30W DVT P 350 A at 100% 15 yes - water 0429-9651

10W DVT 250 A at 100% 15 or 23 - yes water 0429-9653

20 DVT 150 A at 35% 15 or 23 - yes air 0429-9655

30W DVT 350 A at 100% 15 or 23 - yes water 0429-9654

Depending on the application, the PROTIG DVT will be equipped with the following parts from the case (do not forget to order the non-consumable electrodes).

Cases

For aluminium welding, you need to add: • aluminium rollers, Ø 1.0-1.2 mm

Cat. no. 9162-0188 (plan on 1 roller for the DVT 15 and 2 rollers for the DVT 23).

• aluminium pipes Cat. no. 0429-9402.

PROTIG DVT torchesThis torches, specificallydeveloped, are extra-flexibleand allow “all positions” welding.We propose two types oftorches with length of 3.5 m,air or water-cooled:• with “P” potentiometerwhich is used on the DVT 15:synergetic adjustment,• without potentiometer which is used on the DVT 15 and DVT 23: adjustments on the front panel.To have a torch which isready to use, it is necessaryto add the constituent itemsof a case.

2000

-363

2001

-362

2001

-361

2000

-365

0882

-031

Torch with lever. Front-part items.

Harness, wire lead-in sheath, torch body.

65

Cha

pte

r 2

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.2 1076-0171

1.6 1076-0172

2.0 1076-0178

2.4 1076-0174

3.2 1076-0181

TIG filler metal

NERTAL 60Standards:• AWS A 5.18

ER 70 S4(A 5-18: Specificationfor MIG wires used for TIG wires where nospecific specificationexists).

• EN 1668W3 Si 1

Welding of structural steels

Main applications:• Highly reliable assemblies on structural steels of grade A 42 and similar.• Excellent technological properties, especially with TIG welding on thin sheetmetal.• Recommended for root passes when controlled penetration is required.• Some applications:

- Automobile manufacturing,- Aeronautical industry,- Thin sheetmetal structures and special boilermaking work.

Packaging:• Straightened, cut, copper coated rods,

length: 1.000 mm in 5 kg cardboard box.

Typical chemical analysis on wire:C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Cu

0.08 1.35 0.75 0.015 0.010 0.05 0.05 0.05*

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J) + 40 °C (J)

540 440 30 230 200

(1) On weld metal with TIG.

* Excluding coating

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1076-0145

2.0 1076-0146

2.4 1076-0147

Packaging:• Straightened, cut rods, length: 1.000 mm in 1 kg boxes.

C Mn Si Cr Mo0.11 1.0 0.55 1.10 0.50

Typical chemical analysis on wire:

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J)

620 510 22 70

(1) On weld metal after heat treatment: 0.5 hours at 720 °C.

NERTAL CD 60Standards:• AWS A 5.18

E 80S-B2• EN 12070

W Cr Mo 1 Si

Welding of creep resistant chromium-molybdenum steels

Main applications:• Assembly of heat treatable and blister steels.• Welding of creep-resistant steels of grades 1.25% Cr, 0.5% Mo.• Boilers and tanks with working temperatures up to 550 °C.

Characteristics:• Preheating between 250 and 300 °C, depending

on the nature of base metal and the thickness of the workpieces. Maintain temperature between runs.

• Cool slowly.

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1076-0149

2.0 1076-0150

2.4 1076-0151


C Mn Si Cr Mo0.08 1.1 0.6 2.5 1.0



630 450 20 50



ER 90S-B3• EN 12070

W Cr Mo 2 Si

Main applications:• Welding of creep-resistant steels of grades 2.25% Cr, 1% Mo.• Boilers, tanks and cracker pipes with working temperatures

up to 600 °C.• Assembly of heat treatable and blister steels.



• Cool slowly.

66

TIG filler metal

Welding of creep resistant chromium-molybdenum steels

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1076-0153

2.0 1076-0155

2.4 1076-0156


C Mn Si Cr Mo0.06 0.50 0.40 6.0 0.6



580 450 18 40



ER 502• EN 12070

W Cr Mo 5 Si

Main applications:• Assembly of heat treatable and blister steels.• Welding of creep-resistant steels of grades 4 to 6% Cr, 0.5% Mo.

Resistance to hydrogen under pressure.• Boilers, tanks and cracker pipes with working temperatures

up to 600 °C.



• Cool slowly.

Welding of chromium-nickel stainless steels

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.2 1076-0201

1.6 1076-0202

2.0 1076-0203

2.4 1076-0204

3.2 1076-0205

4.0 1076-0206

Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm

in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.

C Mn Si Cr Ni S P0.015 1.7 0.4 20 9.5 0.010 0.020



590 450 40 120


NERTALCN 18.10Standards:• AWS A 5.9

ER 308 L• EN 12072

W 199L

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing with inert gas shielding (TIG process)

of stainless steels type 18.10 and similar grades.- NF: Z2 to Z6 CN 18.10.- AISI: 304 (L).- DIN: X2 Cr, Ni 18.9.

• Recommended for use as a first pass in all cases where evenpenetration and high density are required (TIG process).

• Some recommended applications:- nuclear engineering,- chemical engineering,- cryogenic applications,- oil and petrochemical industries,- equipment for food processing industry, etc.

Welding of high yield strength steels

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.2 1076-0175

1.6 1076-0176

Packaging:• Straightened, cut rods, length: 1.000 mm

in 5 kg cardboard boxs.

C Mn Cr Mo S P Va0.11 1.0 1.40 0.9 0.020 0.020 0.25


UTS YS 0.2 Elongation(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)%

1.050 710 10

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):

(1) On weld metal after heat treatment.

NERTAL CDV 100Standards:• AWS A 5.18

ER 80S-B6• EN 12070

2 W Cr Mo V1

Main applications ans characteristics:• Recommended heat treat:

- preheating between 100 °C and 400 °C, depending on weight and restrainment of workpieces.

- generally the pieces are oil-quenched at 975 °C and tempered at 625 °C.

• Argon-shielded TIG welding of chromium-molybdenum-vanadiumhigh yield strength steels of types 15 CDV 6 (VASCOJET 90-KMCV) and similar grades.

• Welding and surfacing of steels of Ni/Cr/Mo hardeningsteels with breaking load ±1.050 MPa.

• Recommended for root passes on high quality work:- aeronautical industry,- high strength mechanical components.

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

67

Cha

pte

r 2

Welding of stabilized chromium-nickel stainless steels

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.2 1076-0221

2.0 1076-0223

2.4 1076-0224



C Mn Si Cr Ni Nb S P0.04 1.4 0.85 20 9.5 0.7 0.010 0.015


Typical mecanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J)

660 460 42 65

NERTALCN 18.10 NbStandards:• AWS A 5.9

ER 347 Si• EN 12072

W 19 9 Nb Si

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing with inert gas shielding

(TIG process) of niobium-stabilized stainless steelstype 18.10 and similar grades.- NF: Z6 to Z10 CNT 18.11 and Z6 CNNb 18.11.- AISI: 321 and 347.- DIN: X5 Cr Ni Nb 19-9.

• Recommended for use as a first pass in all cases where evenpenetration and high density are required.

• Some recommended applications:- chemical industries,- oil industry,- industrial boilermaking,- sanitary fixtures,- cryogenic applications.

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

Welding of chromium-nickel molybdenum stainless steels

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.2 1076-0211

2.0 1076-0213

2.4 1076-0214

3.2 1076-0215



C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S P0.015 1.7 0.4 18.5 11.5 2.6 0.010 0.015



600 450 33 130

NERTAL CND 20.10.3Standards:• AWS A 5.9

ER 316 L• EN 12072

W 19 13 3 L


(TIG process) of stainless steels type 20.10.3 similar grades.

- NF: Z2 to Z6 CN 18.10.- AISI: 316 (L).- DIN: X2 Cr, Ni 18.10.


• Some recommended applications:- nuclear engineering,- oil and petrochemical industries,- equipment for food processing industry,- cryogenic applications,- chemical engineering, etc.

• In 316 L NUC version, products are manufactured and inspected according to Quality Assurance rulesand for use in nuclear work.

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

Welding of stabilized chromium-nickel stainless steels

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1076-0232

2.0 1076-0233

2.4 1076-0234



C Mn Si Cr Ni Nb S P Mo0.04 1.4 0.85 19.0 11.0 0.7 0.010 0.015 2.7



650 450 32 65

NERTAL CND 20.10.3 NbStandards:• AWS A 5.9

ER 318 Si• EN 12072

W 19 12 3 Nb Si


(TIG process) of niobium-stabilized stainless steels type 20.10.3and similar grades.- AFNOR: Z6 to Z8, CNDT 17.13 and Z6 CNNb 17.13.- DIN: X 5 Cr Ni Mo Nb 19-10.


• Some recommended applications:- chemical industries,- cryogenic applications,- oil industry,- industrial boilermaking,- sanitary fixtures.

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

68

TIG filler metal

Heterogeneous welding of high alloy austenitic steels with non alloyed steels

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1076-0237

2.0 1076-0238

2.4 1076-0239


in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.C Mn Si Cr Ni S Al0.015 1.7 0.4 24 13 ≤ 0.030 ≤ 0.030


NERTAL CN 24.13Standards:• AWS A 5.9

ER 309 L• EN 12072

W 23 12 L

Main applications:• Welding of high alloy austenitic steels to non-alloy and low alloy steels.• Welding of 24% Cr, 12% Ni steels.

Welding chromium-nickel refractory steels of type 25.20

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

2.0 1076-0081



C Mn Si Cr Ni S P0.09 2.0 0.45 27 21 0.010 0.015



580 410 30 65

NERTAL CN 25.20Standards:• AWS A 5.9

ER 310• EN 12072

W 25 20

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of chromium-nickel refractory steels type

25.20 and similar grades.- AFNOR: Z5 to Z10, CN 25.20.- AISI: 310 and 310 S.- DIN: X 12 Cr Ni 25-20.


• Some recommended applications:- nuclear engineering,- chemical engineering,- oil and petrochemical industries,- special boilermaking work.

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

Welding of duplex stainless steels

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1076-5195

2.0 1076-5200

2.4 1076-5206


in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.C Mn Si Cr S P Ni Mo N

≤ 0.015 1.6 0.5 22.8 0.010 0.010 8.5 3.0 0.20


LEXALW 22.9.3.NStandards:

• AWS A 5.9ER 2209

Main applications:• Welding of duplex austenitic-ferrous steels resistant

to corrosion (URANUS 45N type).• Tubing assemblies in the field of offshore extraction of gas

and petrol and chemical industries.The deposit metal meets corrosion test G48A of the ASTM.

Characteristics:• Austenitic-ferrous weld metal Cr Ni Mo with a low C

content resistant to crack corrosion up to 300 °C.

69

Cha

pte

r 2

Welding of high alloy steels and austenitic nickel steels

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1076-0296

2.0 1076-0297

2.4 1076-0298


in plastic box, contents: 1 kg.

C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo Fe Nb0.03 0.3 0.2 22 remaider 9 < 1 3.5


UTS YS 0.2 Elongation(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)%

800 500 40

Typical mecanical characteristics:

NERTAL 625Standards:

• AWS A 5.14ER Ni Cr Mo 3

Main applications:• Homogeneous and heterogeneous welding.• Anti-corrosion surfacing.• Sectors of activity: petrochemicals - cryogenics.• Assembly of alloys of the type: INCONEL - MONEL - ALLOY 800

- 800 M... and high Cr and Ni content refractory steels.

Characteristics:• Deposited metal is a totally austenitic Ni, Cr, Mo alloy.• Resistant to corrosion and oxidation at high

temperature.• Suitable for low temperature applications (–196 °C).

Welding of nickel alloyed steels

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1076-5180

2.0 1076-5181

2.4 1076-5182


in plastic box, contents: 1 kg.C Mn Si Cr Ni Fe Nb

0.03 3 0.15 20 remaider < 3.0 2.5


NERTAL 210Standards:

• AWS A 5.14ER Ni Cr 3

Main applications:• Welding of nickel alloys of the types alloy 600 and 800,

of stainless steels to carbon steels, of 9% Ni low temperaturesteels, and of quench-sensitive steels or cast irons.

• Resurfacing in cases of severe corrosion (high temperature corrosion and corrosion under strain).

70

TIG filler metal

Welding of aluminium alloys

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1077-0330

2.0 1077-0331

3.2 1077-0333

4.0 1077-0334



Si Fe Cu Mn Mg Zn Ti Al≤ 0.30 ≤ 0.40 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.07 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 99.5


Typical mecanical characteristics:• Mechanical characteristics vary mainly with the technical

conditions of use: assembly thickness, welding methods, procedural sequences, heat treatment, etc.

NERTAL A5Standards:

• AWS A 5.10ER 1100

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of aluminum and alloys of similar grades.• Some recommended applications:

- chemical industry,- nuclear engineering,

- shipbuilding,- refrigeration industries,- lght boilerwork,- aeronautical industry.

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1077-0310

2.0 1077-0311

3.2 1077-0313

4.0 1077-0314



Si Fe Cu Mn Mg Zn Ti Al Cr0.10 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.05 0.35 3.4 ≤ 0.20 0.10 remaider 0.2



conditions of use: assembly thickness, welding methods, procedural sequences, etc.

NERTAL AG3Standards:

• AWS A 5.10ER 5654

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of aluminum alloys with 3% magnesium

and alloys of similar grades.• Some recommended applications:

- chemical industry,

- nuclear engineering,- shipbuilding,- refrigeration industries,- light boilerwork,- aeronautical industry.

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

1.6 1077-0320

2.0 1077-0321

3.2 1077-0323

4.0 1077-0324



Si Fe Mg Cr Mn Cu Zn Al0.2 ≤ 0.50 5 0.15 0.15 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.20 remaider




NERTAL AG5Standards:

• AWS A 5.10ER 5356

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of aluminum alloys with 5% magnesium

and alloys of similar grades.

• Some recommended applications:- chemical industries,- shipbuilding,- light boilerwork.

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

71

Cha

pte

r 2

Welding of pure copper

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

2.0 1077-0001

3.0 1077-0002



Cu Impurities99.95 ≤ 0.05




SAFCOPStandards:

• AWS A 5.7~ E R Cu

Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of oxygen-free copper.• Some recommended applications:

- installations for the chemical industry,

- equipment for the food processing industry (breweries, canneries, sugar plants, etc),

- heating tubes, boilers,- various boilermaking components, etc.

Welding of copper-nickel alloys

To order

Ø ( mm) Cat. no.

2.0 1077-1242



Ni Mn Ti Fe Cu10 0.5 0.3 0.9 remaider




CUPRONIC 90.10Standards:

• DIN 1733S Cu Ni 10 Fe

Main applications:• TIG welding and surfacing of copper-nickel alloys

of the 90.10 type and similar grades, as well as brass alloys (Cu-Zn) which are resistant to oxidation by sea water.

• Surfacing of non-alloy steels and gray cast irons which are required to resist marine corrosion.

• Some recommended applications:- equipment for water treatment (off-shore or on-shore

installations): exchangers, condensers, etc,- oil industry installations,- components for pumps and turbines,- various boilermaking components made of grades

Cu/Ni 90-10.

2063

-003

73

Chapter 3MIG/MAG welding

74

MIG/MAG welding

2000

-489

MIG/MAG welding generalities and quick choice criteria

SYNERGIC SETSetting by single button

Sequence of setting:1 - Pre-display:

• wire type• gas• wire diameter• with or without pulse

2 - Wire speed setting (approximate welding currentis being displayed)

3 - Fine adjustment of the arclength (using arc voltage)

CLASSICAL SETSetting by stepped increments

Sequence of setting:1 - Approximate determination

of arc V voltage2 - Approximate setting of V arc3 - Fine setting of V arc4 - Wire speed setting5 - I and V meters while welding

(in option with certain sets)6 - V arc correction7 - Wire speed control correction8 - Selection of the inductance

a - Welder’s protectionb - Gasc - Pressure regulator/flowmeterd - Primary power supplye - On/off switchf - Harness and sheath

g - Earth cable + clamph - Wire feederi - Torch cablej - Torchk - Display of parametersl - Wire reel

MIG: metal inert gasArc welding procedure with a consumable wire.This wire is transferred in the arc and the metalwhich is in a molten condition deposes itself in themolten pool. All this is protected by an inert gas.

MAG: metal active gasSame description as MIG but the protection gas is an active one. (CO2 or argon + CO2 mixture).

MIG pulseThe current varies during welding, the power source is imposing it a very precised “shape wave”. The pulse is above all used for stainless steel wiresand light alloys.

Synergic MIGThe welding parameters are programmed in thepower source set for a common evolution according to a predefined law. One single setting isneeded which facilitates the use of those machinesand improves the welding quality.

2 times modeThe welding occurs by pulling the torch's trigger. It stops by loosening the trigger.

Classical 4 times mode The pre-gas occurs by pushing the trigger, after-wards the welding starts by loosening it then withthe next push on the trigger the welding stops andthe post-gas stays active until releasing the trigger.

Spot mode The power source starts to weld when the trigger ispushed, but the welding stops automatically after apre-set delay.

Intermittance mode This is a point mode which is repeatable. If thepush on the trigger is maintained, the welding willbe retaken after an other delay which is as well tobe regulated.

Speed regulation The welding wire spool is electronicaly regulatedwhich imposes a constant speed of the spool.

Burn backTo solve the problem of wire stiching in the moltenpool on completion of the weld cycle.

Soft startFirstly the wire advances slowly just till the short-circuit point and the arc start; the chosenwelding speed is then set up.

OPTI’systemWelding parameters optimization following needs of the welder (available only on OPTIMAG andOPTIPULS installations).

A.N.D. (Arc Non Disruption)Device avoiding arc disruptions (available only onOPTIMAG installations).

Arc Progressive extinctionor crater filler Allows correct finishing of the weld with the suppression of the crater at the end of the weldthanks to a progressive extinction of the arc (on SAFMIG TRi) or by levels (on OPTIMAG).

Protection against Ball-effectAt the end of the weld cycle in short circuit regime,this device avoids the formation of a ball at the end of the wire. This contribute greatly to the arc-restriking (on TRi installations or OPTIMAG).

Legend for MIG-MAG welding:

The transferral of metal

Torch

NozzleContact tipGaseous protection

Weld bead

Electrode wire(final part)

Molten metal

Legend:

2000

-500

2000

-024

2002

-001

75

Cha

pte

r 3

Power Setting mode Complementary processes Welding current Wire feed Weight Productsupply switch continuous electrode pulsed cycle number built-in separate name

MIG of100 200 300 400 500 600 rollers

Single-phase ✔ – – – 2 yes no 27 kg SAXOMIG 1700Single-phase ✔ – – – 2 yes no 67 kg JUNIOR 201Three-phase ✔ – – – 2 yes no 53 kg JUNIOR 203Three-phase ✔ – – – 4 yes no 96 kg FILCORD 303 CThree-phase ✔ – – – 4 yes no 116 kg FILCORD 353 CThree-phase ✔ – – – 4 no yes 70 kg JUNIOR 283 SThree-phase ✔ – – – 4 no yes 100 kg FILCORD 353 SThree-phase ✔ – – – 4 no yes 135 kg FILCORD 453 SThree-phase ✔ – – – 4 no yes 270 kg SAFMIG 600 SThree-phase – ✔ ✔ – 4 no yes 143 kg OPTIMAG 400 S

ThyristorsThree-phase – ✔ ✔ – 4 no yes 200 kg OPTIMAG 500 SThree-phase – ✔ ✔ ✔ 4 no yes 82 kg OPTIPULS 280iThree-phase – ✔ ✔ ✔ 4 no yes 91 kg OPTIPULS 350iThree-phase – ✔ ✔ ✔ 4 no yes 96 kg OPTIPULS 380i W

Transistors

Three-phase – ✔ ✔ ✔ 4 no yes 107 kg OPTIPULS 500i W

I at 60%I at 45%

Choice criteria

I mini I maxi� �MIG/MAG welding process.Transfers resulting in high productivity.

Arc voltage (volts)

Arc current intensity (amp)

Rotatingliquid vein (2)

Area ofspraytransfer(SPRAYARC)

Pulsedarea

Globulararea

Short circuitarea(SHORT-ARC)

50

40

30

20

0 150 300 450 650

SHORT-ARC dynamic(1)SHORT-ARC +Globular

SPRAY ARC

Rotating vein (2

)

SPRAY +

(1) available only on SAFMIG TRi installations,

(2) only in automatic applications.

SHORT-ARC soft

76

SAXOMIG and JUNIOR rangeThe SAXOMIG 1700 is a portable MIG/MAG installation for the welding of solid wires and flux-cored wires. The JUNIOR range is equipped with two rollers twin plate, 2S/4S and spotwelding selector, spot time adjustment, motor slope-up time adjustment, burn-back time

MIG/MAG welding

1SAXOMIG 1700The “portable”4 decisive advantages:• polarity reversal,• “on site” concept,• suitable for welding with self

shielded flux-cored wires (without gas),

• delivered ready to use.

32

To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source,- PROMIG 141 3 m torch,- earth cable with clamp,- primary cable,- spool adapter,

Cat. no. 9160-0821.• Add-ons:- NERTALIC 70 S spool 5 kg,

Ø 0.6 mm Cat. no. 1090-4507,Ø 0.8 mm Cat. no. 1090-4509,

- SAFUNI 310 Ø 1,0 mm spool 4 kg, Cat. no. 1090-5386,

- SAFDUAL ZN (for galvanised steel)Ø 1.0 mm spool 5 kg, Cat. no. 1090-5104.

JUNIOR 201The “professional single-phase compact 180 A”4 decisive advantages:• two drive rolls,• complete welding cycle,• polarity reversal for self shielded

flux cored-wires (without gas).

To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m primary cable without plug,- 3 m earth cable with earth clamp,- 2 m gas hose- spool adapter,

Cat. no. 9160-0276.• Add-ons:- PROMIG 181 air cooled torch 3 m

Cat. no. 9149-2500,- PROMIG 181 air cooled torch 4 m

Cat. no. 9149-2501.

JUNIOR 203The “professional three-phase compact 200 A”4 decisive advantages:• two drive rolls,• complete welding cycle,• polarity reversal for self shielded

flux cored-wires (without gas).

To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m primary cable without plug,- 3 m earth cable with earth clamp,- 2 m gas hose- adapter for metallic spool,


Cat. no. 9149-2500,- PROMIG 181 air cooled torch 4 m

Cat. no. 9149-2501.

2003

-460

2000

-489

2002

-263

2002

-418

FILCORD 303 CThe “professional three-phase compact 300 A”4 decisive advantages:• Four drive rolls,• 300 A at 35% DC• fine voltage adjustment

(2 x 14 plugs),• two reactance plugs.

To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m supply cable,- 3 m earth cable,- 2 m gas hose,- plate accessories Ø 1.0 - 1.2 mm,

Cat. no. W 000 055 221.• Add-ons:- WMT 25 A air cooled torch 3 m

Cat. no. W 000 010 602,- WMT 25 A air cooled torch 4 m

Cat. no. W 000 010 603.

FILCORD 353 CThe “professional three-phase compact 350 A”4 decisive advantages:• Four drive rolls,• 350 A at 35% DC• fine voltage adjustment

(2 x 21 plugs),• three reactance plugs.

To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m supply cable,- 3 m earth cable,- 2 m gas hose,- plate accessories Ø 1.0 - 1.2 mm,


Cat. no. W 000 010 605,- WMT 36 A air cooled torch 4 m

Cat. no. W 000 010 606.

77

Cha

pte

r 3

1 - SAXOMIG 1700 2 - JUNIOR 201 3 - JUNIOR 203 4 - FILCORD 303 C 5 - FILCORD 353 C

Power supply 230 V 50-60 Hz 230 V 50-60 Hz 230 / 400 V 50-60 Hz 230 / 400 V 50-60 Hz 230 / 400 V 50-60 Hzsingle-phase single-phase three-phase three-phase three-phase

Primary 14.8 A (230 V) 33 A (230 V) 41.5 A (230 V)consumption - I max 21 A 37 A 8.5 A (400 V) 19 A (400 V) 24 A (400 V)No-loadvoltage 54 V 18 - 35 V 33 V 18 - 45 V 18 - 45 V

Weldingcurrent 30 - 145 A 40 - 200 A 27 - 165 A 35 - 325 A 35 - 350 A

Duty cycle 35% 120 A (at 25%) 180 A (at 25%) 165 A 300 A 350 A10 min. cycle 60% - 130 A 130 A - -(at 40 °C) 100% - 100 A 100 A 230 A 270 ANumber of rollers 2 2 2 4 4Wire diameter 0.6 - 0.8 mm 0.6 - 1.0 mm 0.6 - 1.0 mm 0.6 - 1.2 mm 0.6 - 1.2 mmDimensions( L x W x H) 420 x 175 x 300 mm 800 x 370 x 790 mm 800 x 510 x 690 mm 610 x 890 x 1 030 mm 610 x 890 x 1 030 mm

Net weight 27 kg 67 kg 53 kg 96 kg 116 kg

adjustment, polarity inversion, wire speed self adjustment, pre-gas and post-gas (using torch button), gas test button, over temperature led indicator, EURO torch connection. Both the FILCORD 303C and 353C are equipped with cold wire feed button, two reactanceplugs (303C) and three reactance plugs (353C) and digital instruments.

4 5

2000

-024

2063

-009

2063

-010

NNeeww2nd Quarter

2005

NNeeww2nd Quarter

2005

78

1 - JUNIOR 283 S 2 - FILCORD 353 S 3 - FILCORD 453 S 4 - SAFMIG 600 S

Power supply 230 / 400 V 50-60 Hz 230 / 400 V 50 Hz 230 / 400 V 50 Hz 230 / 380 V 50 Hzthree-phase three-phase three-phase three-phase

Primary 27 A (230 V) 42 A (230 V) 60 A (230 V) 97 A (220 V)consumption - I max 15.5 A (400 V) 24 A (400 A) 34.5 A (400 V) 54 A (380 V)No-load voltage 41 V 18 - 45 V 19 - 54 V 21 - 53.5 VWelding current 50 - 240 A 35 - 360 A 51 - 460 A 85 - 600 A

Duty cycle 35 % 240 A 350 A 450 A 500 A (at 45 %)10 min. cycle 60 % 185 A 270 A 345 A 600 A(at 40 °C) 100 % 145 A - - 500 ANumber of rollers 2 4 4 4Wire diameter 0.8 - 1.2 mm 0.6 - 0.8 mm 0.6 - 1.6 mm 0.6 - 1.2 mmDimensions( L x W x H) 800 x 510 x 690 mm 500 x 870 x 900 mm 610 x 920 x 1 030 mm 980 x 710 x 960 mm


MIG/MAG welding

1JUNIOR 283 SThe “professional three-phase, separate, 240 A”4 decisive advantages:• Separate wire feeder,• two drive rolls,• 240 A at 35% DC,• fine adjustment

voltage (2 x 14 plugs).

32

To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- 3 m primary cable,- 3 m earth cable with earth clamp,- gas hose,- spool adapter for metallic spool,


Cat. no. 9149-2507,- wire feeder with 5 m harness

Cat. no. 9160-1438- wire feeder with 10 m harness

Cat. no. 9160-1439.

FILCORD 353 SThe “professional three-phase, separate, 350 A”4 decisive advantages:• Separate wire feeder

with digital display,• four drive rolls,• 350 A at 35% DC,• fine adjustment voltage

(2 x 21 plugs).

To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m supply cable,- 3 m earth cable,


Cat. no. W 000 010 606,- wire feeder:

5 m Cat. no. W 000 055 245,- 10 m Cat. no. W 000 055 246.

FILCORD 453 SThe “professional three-phase, separate, 450 A”4 decisive advantages:• Separate wire feeder

with digital display,• four drive rolls,• 450 A at 35% DC,• fine adjustment voltage

(2 x 30 plugs).

To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m supply cable,- 3 m earth cable,


Cat. no. W 000 010 605,- wire feeder:

5 m Cat. no. W 000 055 245,- 10 m Cat. no. W 000 055 246.

JUNIOR 283 S, FILCORD range and SAFMIG 600 SJUNIOR 283 S is dedicated to the welding of thin plates in the workshop. It has a “polarity reversal”function which allows to weld with flux cored wires. The FILCORD range is equipped with two reactance plugs and the wire feeder features are described forward in the accessories list.

2002

-427

2000

-500

NNeeww2nd Quarter

2005

NNeeww2nd Quarter

2005

2063

-011

2063

-012

79

Cha

pte

r 3

1 - OPTIMAG 400 S 2 - OPTIMAG 500 S

Power supply 220 to 240/380/400/415/440 V 220 to 240/380/400/415/440 V 50-60 Hz three-phase 50-60 Hz three-phase

Primary 51 A (230 V) 77 A (230 V)consumption - I max 29 A (400 V) 43 A (415 V)No-load voltage 38.9 - 44 V 61 VWelding current 50 - 400 A 40 - 520 A

Duty cycle 40 % 400 A -10 min. cycle 60 % 350 A 520 A(at 40 °C) 100 % 270 A 370 ANumber of rollers 4 4Wire feed rate 2 to 20 m/min 2 to 20 m/minWire diameter 0.8 - 1.6 mm 0.8 - 2.4 mmDimensions( L x W x H) 1 015 x 530 x 830 mm 1 120 x 712 x 1 330 mm

Net weight 143 kg 200 kg

4SAFMIG 600 SHeavy industrial use 600 ADecisive advantage:• Ideal installation for welding

or surfacing with large diameterwires (up to 3.2 mm).

To order• Installation without accessories:

Cat. no. 9155-0022.• Add-ons:- D 3CC wire-feeder,

Cat. no. 9161-0103,- gouging accessories,

Cat. no. 9155-0020,- harness 15 m long,

Cat. no. 9161-4742,- measuring kit, Cat. no. 9155-0129,- wire feeder trolley,

Cat. no. 9161-3823.

1OPTIMAG 400 SIndustrial continuousadjustment 400 A7 decisive advantages:• Continuous adjustment,• polarity reversal,• wire feed advance without power,• pre and post gas adjustment

from to 0 to 10 sec.,• arc striking setting,• anti-sticking adjustment,• simple to use.

2

To order• Power source including:- 5 m primary cable,- 5 m earth cable with croco

type clamp,- U/I/S wire/thickness- gas hose,

Cat. no. 9160-0356 air-cooled,Cat. no. 9160-0289 water-cooled,

• Wire feeder 10 m,Cat. no. 9160-0436 air cooled,Cat. no. 9160-0432 water cooled,

• PROMIG 341 torch 3 m,Cat. no. 9149-2515 air cooled,Cat. no. 9149-2533 water cooled.

• Add-ons:- Remote control, Cat. no. 9160-1071,- 25 m harness, Cat. no. 9160-0834,- spool cover, Cat. no. 9160-0084,- wire feeder trolley, Cat. no. 9160-0196,- cooling unit with compartment,

and water-cooling kit, Cat. no. 9160-0194,

- pre-setted regulator/ flowmeter,Cat. no. 0961-0930,

- pivoting stand, Cat. no. 9160-1063,- slinging arm, Cat. no. 9160-1059.

To order• Power source including:- 5 m primary cable,- 5 m earth cable

with croco type clamp,- U/I/S wire/thickness- gas hose,- adapter for metallic spool,

Cat. no. 9160-0317• Wire feeder 10 m,

Cat. no. 9160-0436 air cooled,Cat. no. 9160-0432 water cooled,

• PROMIG 441 torch 3 m,Cat. no. 9149-2521 air cooled,Cat. no. 9149-2539 water cooled.

• Add-ons:- Remote control, Cat. no. 9160-1071,- 25 m harness, Cat. no. 9160-0834,- spool cover, Cat. no. 9160-0084,- wire feeder trolley, Cat. no. 9160-0196,- cooling unit with compartment,

and water-cooling kit,Cat. no. 9160-0194,

- pre-setted regulator/ flowmeter, Cat. no. 0961-0930,

- pivoting stand, Cat. no. 9160-1063,- slinging arm, Cat. no. 9160-1059.

OPTIMAG 500 SThe “industrial continuous adjustment500 A”7 decisive advantages:• Continuous adjustment,• reversed polarity,• wire feed advance,• pre and post gas adjustment

from to 0 to 10 sec.,• arc striking setting,• anti-sticking adjustment,• simple to use.

The SAFMIG 600 S is dedicated to applications of very strong intensity.

OPTIMAG 400 S and 500 SWelding MIG/MAG installations continuous adjustment with separated wire feeder for intensive industrial work.

0951

-058

1145

-030

1145

-037

1 - OPTIPULS 280i 2 - OPTIPULS 350i 3 - OPTIPULS 380i W 4 - OPTIPULS 500i W

Power supply 400 V 50-60 Hz 400 V 50-60 Hz 400 V 50-60 Hzthree-phase three-phase three-phase

Primaryconsumption - I max 22 A 28 A 44 A

No-load voltage 77.5 V 96.8 V 57 VWelding current 15 - 270 A 10 - 350 A 10 - 500 A

Duty cycle 45% 270 A - -10 min. cycle 60% 240 A 350 A 450 A(at 40 °C) 100% 210 A 300 A 400 ANumber of rollers 4 4 4Wire feed rate 1 to 20 m/min 1 to 20 m/min 1 to 20 m/minWire diameter 0.8 - 1.2 mm 0.8 - 2.4 mm 0.8 - 2.4 mmDimensions( L x W x H) 1 090 x 610 x 970 mm 1 090 x 610 x 970 mm 1 090 x 610 x 970 mm


MIG/MAG pulse welding

1OPTIPULS 280ithe “industrial, fine platewelding 250 A, pulse”4 decisive advantages:• Front panel easy to use,• pre-setting of all parameter,• synergic adjustment

of the welding parameters,• access to internal parameters.

2 3OPTIPULS 350i (air)OPTIPULS 380i W (water)the “industrial general purposeapplications 350 A, pulse ”8 decisive advantages:• Perfect arc striking,• remarkable melting and arc stability,• 16-segment synergic laws,• wire/gas combination selection,• adjustable arc fading,• adjustable melting dynamics,• choice of flux-cored or metal

cored wires,• coated electrode welding.

To order• Installation ready to use including:- 5 m primary cable,- 5 m earth cable,- wire feeder with sheathed harness,- wire feeder trolley and spool cover,- torch, - integrated cylinder trolley,- integrated cooling unit,

Cat. no. 9160-1419 (350i),Cat. no. 9160-1420 (380i W).

• Add-ons:- Remote control BB-BOX Cat. no 9160-1071- Remote control OPTIBOX Cat. no 9160-1068- Pivoting stand Cat. no 9160-1064- Slinging arm Cat. no 9160-1059• Wire feeders: • Torches:

OPTIPULS range• Very easy to use,

compact size giving exceptional welding performance, this newequipment offers an unrivalled level of usercontrol and comfort.

• An excellent solution for welding carbon and stainless steels, using solid or flux coredwires also light alloys and aluminium including aluminium bronze.

Effective solutions for welding:• non-alloy steel with flux-cored wire,• stainless steel and special steel,• aluminium and aluminium alloy,• synergic or manual,• adjustment by set-up of the cycle parameters,• flux cored-wire selection.

2001

-493

2000

-300

Length Cat. noPROMIG 341 3 m 9149-2515PROMIG 341 3 m 9149-2516PROMIG 341 W 3 m 9149-2533PROMIG 341 W 4 m 9149-2534PROMIG 441 W 3 m 9149-2539PROMIG 441 W 3 m 9149-2540

Harness 350i 380i W2 m 9160-1434 9160-1430*5 m 9160-1435 9160-1431*10 m 9160-1436 9160-1432*

* those wire feeders are pre-equipped for water cooling

To order• Installation ready to use including:- Package without accessories,

Cat. no. 9160-1420.- Package with DV 44i

Harness Torch Cat. no.

2 m 3 m 9160-16504 m 9160-1651

5 m 3 m 9160-16524 m 9160-1653

10 m 3 m 9160-16544 m 9160-1655

• Add-ons:- POWER BOX a multivoltage solution

Autotransformer POWER BOX threephase 230/400 V. Allows to supply the welding power sources of inverter type at duty cycle 350 A at 60%, Cat. no. 9160-1056.

Powerful installation for heavy duty cycle applications. Working in specific purposes as aluminium or stainless steel welding is very easy. The equipment is also perfectly suited for flux cored wire of different variety up to 2.4 mm diameter. The power of OPTIPULS 500i W is also well appreciated in on site applications or for large metalworking assemblies.• Synergic or manual• Adjustment by set-up of the cycle parameters• Flux cored-wire selection

81

Cha

pte

r 3

3OPTIPULS 500i W:the “industrial heavy, industrial applications 500 A, pulse”4 decisive advantages:• Synergic regulation system, microprocessor controlled,

for MIG/MAG welding of non-alloy steel and stainless steel and of aluminium and its alloys with smooth or pulsed current,

• coated electrodes welding with scratch ignition,• very simple parameters adjustment.

To order• Installation:- Power source without accessories

Cat no.: 9160-1422.• Add-ons:- Remote control of wire feed speed and arc length,- pivoting support (for DV44i), Cat. no. 9160-1064,- slinging arm Cat. no. 9160-1059,- OPTIBOX 100 Cat. no. 9160-1068,- water cooled PROMIG 441 W torch 3 m Cat. no. 9149-2539.- DV 44i W wire-feeder:

- DVA wire-feeder (special aluminium wire-feeder) Cat. no. 9160-0056,

2001

-380

2002

-001

Harness Cat. no. 5 m 9160-143010 m 9160-143115 m 9160-1432

82

MIG/MAG weldingPROMIG torchesSingle piece nozzle range which allows all welding positions.

Characteristics*• Single piece nozzle• Screwed contact tip• Screwed contact tip support diffuser

with crimbed bush• Internal liner• Armoured and isolated neck*except PROMIG 450 W and P14

Advantages• Robustness• Excellent lifespan• Less wear parts • Excellent wire-feeding quality

Model cooling Duty cyclePROMIG 141 T air-cooled 150 A at 60%PROMIG 181 air-cooled 180 A at 60%PROMIG 241 air-cooled 250 A at 60%PROMIG 341 air-cooled 320 A at 60%PROMIG 441 air-cooled 400 A at 60%PROMIG 241 W water-cooled 250 A at 100%PROMIG 341 W water-cooled 340 A at 100%PROMIG 441 W water-cooled 400 A at 100%PROMIG 450 W water-cooled 450 A at 100%PROMIG 501 W water-cooled 500 A at 100%P14 water-cooled 500 A at 100%

1022

-001

Choice criteria

Cha

pte

r 3

83

Air-cooled torchesFamily 1: single piece nozzle

PROMIG 141 TDuty cycle at 60%(M21 gas): 150 AOriginal equipment:• for mild / st.steel 0.8 mm• nozzle Ø 11 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 0.6 to 0.8 mm*• cored wires 0.6 to 0.8 mm*Curve of swan neck: 45°

1121

-001

To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m 5 m9149-0078 9149-0079 -

To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2500 9149-2501 9149-2502

To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2515 9149-2516 9149-2517

PROMIG 181Duty cycle at 100%(M21 gas): 180 A(argon): 150 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 0.8 mm• nozzle Ø 12 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 0.8 to 1.0 mm• cored wires 0.8 to 1.0 mmCurve of swan neck: 50°

1121

-012

PROMIG 241Duty cycle at 100%(M21 gas): 250 A(argon): 220 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.0 mm• nozzle Ø 14 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 0.8 to 1.0 mm**• aluminium 1.0 mm• cored wires 0.8 to 1.0 mm**Curve of swan neck: 50°

1121

-002

PROMIG 341Duty cycle at 100%(M21 gas): 320 A(argon): 270 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mm***• nozzle Ø 16 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.0 to 1.2 mm***• aluminium 1.0 to 1.2 mm• cored wires 1.0 to 1.2 mm***Curve of swan neck: 50°

1121

-003

PROMIG 441Duty cycle at 100%(M21 gas): 400 A(argon): 350 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mm***• nozzle Ø 16 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.0 to 1.6 mm• aluminium 1.0 to 1.6 mm• cored wires 1.0 to 1.6 mmCurve of swan neck: 50°

1121

-004

To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m 5 mTorch 9149-2521 9149-2522 9149-2523Smooth contact tip 9149-2565 9149-2566 9149-2567

2000

-025

* 1.0 mm possible ** 1.2 mm possible *** 1.6 mm possible

To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2506 9149-2507 9149-2508

84

Water-cooled torchesSingle piece nozzle

PROMIG 241 WDuty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 250 A(argon): 220 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.0 mm• nozzle Ø 14 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 0.8 to 1.0 mm*• aluminium 1.0 mm*• cored wires 0.8 to 1.0 mm*Curve of swan neck: 50°

1121

-013

High power gun.Welding light alloy water-cooled gun

P 14Duty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 500 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 0.8 to 1.6 mm• light alloy 1.0 to 2.4 mm• cored wires 1.6 to 2.8 mm

0951

-079

PROMIG 341 WDuty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 340 A(argon): 320 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mm• nozzle Ø 16 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.0 to 1.6 mm• aluminium 1.0 to 1.2 mm**• cored wires 1.0 to 1.6 mm*Curve of swan neck: 50°

1121

-005

PROMIG 441 WDuty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 400 A(argon): 350 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mm• nozzle Ø 16 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.2 to 1.6 mm• aluminium 1.2 to 1.6 mm• cored wires 1.2 to 1.6 mmCurve of swan neck: 50°

1121

-002

PROMIG 501 WDuty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 500 A(argon): 450 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 - 1.6 mm• nozzle Ø 16 - 18 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.0 to 3.2 mm• aluminium 1.0 to 1.6 mm• cored wires 1.2 to 1.6 mmCurve of swan neck: 50°

2001

-508

* possible 1.2 mm ** possible 1.6 mm

2715

-043

PROMIG 450 WDuty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 450 A(argon): 400 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mm***• nozzle Ø 16 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.0 to 1.6 mmCurve of swan neck: 45°

0807

-007

*** AL torches are supplied with wear parts compatible to their designation

To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2530 9149-2531 9149-2532

To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2533 9149-2534 9149-2535

To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m 5 m9149-0021 9149-0022 9149-0023

To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2539 9149-2540 9149-2541

To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m9149-0680 9149-0681 To order Cat. no.

3 m 4 m 5 m9159-0330 - -

MIG/MAG welding

85

Cha

pte

r 3

0807

-62

0807

-64

Wear parts PROMIG

2 1 4

For torchesPROMIG 141 TPROMIG 181PROMIG 241-241WPROMIG 341-341W

141 T

181241

341

For torchesPROMIG 441PROMIG 441WWith screwed contact tip

2 1 4

To order

0.6 9159-5707 9159-6164 - - 9149-1266 9149-1267 - 9149-05530.8 9159-5708 9159-6164 - - 9149-1266 9149-1267 - 9149-05531.0 9159-5709 9159-6164 - - - 9149-1269 9149-1270 - 9149-05530.8 W 000 234 576 9149-1163 - 9149-0529 - 9149-1241 9149-1242 9149-1245 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 578 9149-1163 - 9149-0529 - 9149-1243 9149-1244 9149-1245 9149-05530.8 W 000 234 576 9149-1153 - - - 9149-1241 9149-1242 9149-1245 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 578 9149-1153 - 9149-0529 - 9149-1243 9149-1244 9149-1245 9149-05531.2 W 000 234 579 9149-1153 - - - 9149-1246 9149-1247 9149-1248 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 577 9149-1153 - - - 9149-1253 9149-1254 - 9149-03101.2 W 000 234 599 9149-1153 - - - 9149-1253 9149-1254 - 9149-03100.8 W 000 234 580 9149-1157 - - - 9149-1243 9149-1244 9149-1245 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 581 9149-1157 - - - 9149-1243 9149-1244 9149-1245 9149-05531.2 W 000 234 582 9149-1157 - 9149-0567 - 9149-1246 9149-1247 9149-1248 9149-05531.6 W 000 234 583 9149-1157 - - - 9149-1246 9149-1247 9159-1248 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 600 9149-1157 - - - 9149-1253 9149-1254 - 9149-03101.2 W 000 234 601 9149-1157 - - - 9149-1257 9149-1258 - 9149-03101.0 W 000 234 585 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1243 9149-1244 9149-1245 9149-05531.2 W 000 234 586 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1246 9149-1247 9149-1248 9149-05531.6 W 000 234 587 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1246 9149-1247 9149-1248 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 602 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1257 9149-1258 - 9149-03101.2 W 000 234 603 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1257 9149-1258 - 9149-03101.6 W 000 234 604 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1261 9149-1262 - 9149-03101.0 W 000 234 585 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1211 9149-1212 9149-1213 9149-03091.2 W 000 234 586 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1211 9149-1212 9149-1213 9149-03091.6 W 000 234 587 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1215 9149-1216 9149-1217 9149-03091.0 W 000 234 602 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1215 9149-1216 9149-1217 9149-03091.2 W 000 234 603 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1215 9149-1216 9149-1217 9149-03091.6 W 000 234 604 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1215 9149-1216 9149-1217 9149-0309

1.2 W 000 234 586 9159-6168* - - - 9149-1246 9149-1247 - 9149-05539149-2305**1.6 W 000 234 587 - - - - 9149-1246 9149-1247 - 9149-05532.0 W 000 235 219 - - - - 9149-1252 9149-1252 - 9149-05532.4 W 000 234 588 - - - - 9149-1252 9149-1252 - 9149-05532.8 W 000 234 589 - - - - 9149-1252 9149-1252 - 9149-05533.2 W 000 234 590 - - - - 9149-1252 9149-1252 - 9149-05531.2 W 000 234 603 - - - - 9149-1282 9149-1283 - 9149-12831.6 W 000 234 604 - - - - 9149-1286 9149-1287 - 9149-03101.01.2 9159-5812 - - - - - 9149-1243 - -

1.21.6 9159-5813 - - - - - 9149-1246 - -

2.02.4 - - - - - - 9149-1252 - -

1.01.2 9159-5812 3376-0710 - 3376-0716 - - 9149-1282 - -

1.6 9159-5813 - - - - - 9149-4547 - -2.02.4 9159-5814 - - - - - 9149-4547 - -

CONTACT NOZZLE CLAMP ISOLATING CLAMP INTERNAL LINER NUTTIP DIFFUSER SUPPORT 3 m 4 m 5 m

7654321

PROMIG 450 W

PROMIG 141 T

PROMIG 181

PROMIG 241PROMIG 241 W



* int. Ø 16 mm ** (int. Ø 18 mm)

STEEL,ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE

STEEL, ST. STEEL,CORED WIRESTEEL, ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE

STEEL, ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE

STEEL, ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE

STEEL,ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE

PROMIG 501 WSTEEL, ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE

ALUMINIUM

P14

STEEL

ALUMINIUM

ALUMINIUM

ALUMINIUM

ALUMINIUM

ALUMINIUM

A: 0377-1307 B: 0377-1309C: 9149-1129

9159-4109 9149-2306

0807

-29

2001

-509

AC B AFor thePROMIG 450 Wtorch

57

2

2

1

1

3 4

0807-045

0807-031

0807-048

6

86

To order

Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )

1.2 D 200 5 1090-5120

1.2 K 300 16 1090-5058

1.6 K 300 16 1090-5060

Cored wires

SAFDUAL 100Standards:• EN 758

T 42 3 P M 1 H5• AWS A 5.20

E 71 T1 MJSymbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Flux cored wire for welding non and low alloyed steels

Main applications:• Shipyards.• For general use for as-welded: large, non positionable parts;• Corresponding steel grades: A, B, D to EN

Characteristics:• Can be used in all positions,

with good impact at – 20 °C.• The best compromise for welding in all positions [up

(straight or weaving), down, etc] and for downhand welding. Very good wetting of beads (fatigue resistance).

• High deposition in vertical up position, using gas C1 (CO2 )or mixture M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).

Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas SVEJSE T.Ü.V. G.L. F.I.

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � - � � �

With gas C1 (CO2) � � � � - � - � -

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.05 1.40 0.50 0.014 0.012

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):As welded UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at

(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)With gas M21(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 580 515 27 115 90

With gas C1(CO2 ) 545 475 28 105 80

(1) ISO all metal weld test, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 26 cm/min.Average heat input: 16 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm.

To order


1.2 K 200 5 1090-5139

1.2 K 300 16 1090-5138

1.6 K 300 16 1090-5137

SAFDUAL 100 CStandards:• AWS A 5.20

E 71 T1

Main applications:• Shipyards.• For general use for as-welded: large, non-positional parts.• Corresponding steel grades: A, B, D, to EH.

Characteristics:• Welding in all positions with impact at – 20 °C.• The best compromise for welding in all positions

(up, straight or weaving, down, etc.) and for down hand welding. Very good wetting of beads (fatigue resistance).

• High deposition in vertical up positions, CO2 gas.• Good porosity resistance on primer plates.

Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. G.L.

With gas C1 (CO2) � � � � �


Gas: CO2 0.05 1.20 0.35 0.014 0.012

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)

As welded 550 500 28 120 70

(1) ISO all-metal weld tests, without dilution: 250 A, 28 V, 26 cm/min, diameter 1.2 mm, gas CO2.

87

Cha

pte

r 3

To order


1.2 K 300 16 1090-5015

SAFDUAL 105PRIMERStandards:• EN 758

T 46 2 R C2 H5• AWS A 5.20

E 70 T 1

Main applications:• Generally corner assemblies. Impact at – 20 °C on joint.• Shipyards. Construction and mechanical assemblies.

Metallic framework (manufacturing of reconstructed welded girders, beams or of bridges).

• Corresponding classes of steel: Grade A/E and AH/EH

Characteristics:• Downhand welds on pre-painted and rusted sheet metal.• Excellent resistance to porosity on pre-painted and rusted sheet

metal.• Welding with CO2 without spatters.

Very good fillet weld behaviour and self-removal slag.


With gas C1 (CO2) � � � � �


With gas C1 (CO2) 0.04 1.7 0.6 0.013 0.013


With gasC1 (CO2) 590 505 27 60 47

(1) ISO all-metal weld tests, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 26 cm/min, diameter 1.2 mm, gas CO2.

To order


1.2 K 300 16 1090-5017

1.2 ENDURO 200 on request

SAFDUAL 105 APRIMERStandards:• EN 758

T 46 2 R M2 H5• AWS A 5.20

E 71 T 1

Main applications:• Generally corner assemblies. Impact at – 20 °C on joint.• Shipyards. Construction and mechanical assemblies.

Metallic framework (manufacturing of reconstructed welded girders, beams or of bridges).

• Corresponding classes of steel: Grade A/E and AH/EH

Characteristics:• Downhand welds on pre-painted and rusted sheet metal.• Excellent resistance to porosity on pre-painted and rusted sheet

metal.• Welding with mix gas (80-20) without spatters.

Very good fillet weld behaviour and self-removal slag.

Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V.

With gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � �


With gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.04 1.7 0.6 0.013 0.013


With gas 550 480 28 90 60

(1) ISO all-metal weld tests, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 26 cm/min, diameter 1.2 mm.

88

To order


1.2 BE 16 1090-5089

1.4 BE 16 1090-5165

1.6 BE 16 1090-5087

1.6 GBE 25 1090-5081

1.6 ENDURO DRUM 200 1090-5226

2.4 Reel 250 1090-5084

Cored wires


T 42 2 R M 3 H10Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

• EN 758 T 38 0 R C 3 H10Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas C1 (CO2)

• AWS A 5.20E 70 T 1Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)


Main applications:• Mechanized welding, mechanical parts, earth moving equipment,

agricultural equipment.

Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with slag. High deposition rate.

Approvals:T.V.U.

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) �

With gas C1 ( CO2) �


With gas C1 ( CO2) 0.06 1.6 0.50 ≤ 0.025 ≤ 0.025


As welded 550 480 27 75 50with gas C1

(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 300 A, 28 V, 26 cm/min. Average heat input: 19 kJ/cm, diameter 1.6 mm, gas C1 (CO2).

To order SAFDUAL 128


1.2 D 200 5 1090-5077

1.2 K 300 16 1090-5078

1.6 K 300 16 1090-5080

To order SAFDUAL 128 SR


1.2 D 300 16 1090-5223

SAFDUAL 128SAFDUAL 128 SRStandards:• EN 758

T 46 5 1 Ni P M 1 H5• AWS A 5.29

E 81 T 1 Ni 1Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Main applications:• Offshore work, shipbuilding, bridges and structures,

pressure vessels.

Characteristics:• Welding in all positions with good impact at – 50 °C

(even after P.W.H.T.).• Very easy to use for vertical up welding.• Good Charpy V notch level at – 50 °C on joint of adapted

grade with heat input controlled to 18 kJ/cm, and at – 40 °C with heat input controlled to 30 kJ/cm.

• Good Charpy CVN notch level at – 40 °C after P.W.H.T.

Approvals:L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas F.I.

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � �

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P Ni N2

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.07 1.45 0.30 ≤ 0.02 ≤ 0.02 ≤ 0.8 < 40 ppm*

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 40 °C (J) – 50 °C (J)

As welded 670 560 23 120 80

After heat treatment 50 °C/h 600 540 24 80 -580 °C/2h50 °C/h

(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 300 A, 28 V, 34 cm/min. Average heat input: 15 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).

* SAFDUAL 128 SR only

89

Cha

pte

r 3

To order


1.2 K 300 16 1090-5029

SAFDUAL 162Standards:• NF (A 81 352)

TGS Y 62 5 1 BH• AWS A 5.29

E 101 T 1-G-H4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Main applications:• Lifting equipment (cranes, gantries, fork-lift trucks).

Pressure water pipes, turbines.• Armour plating, public works, offshore works.• Corresponding steel classes:

Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with slag. Welding of high yield strength

steels.• Flux cored wire for welding in all positions.

Excellent operability and slag removal.• Good resistance to cracking (preheating necessary

according to thickness and type of steel to weld).• Vaccum packed spool for keeping very low nitrogen level.

Approvals:L.R.S. D.N.V. A.B.S.

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � �

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P Ni

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.08 1.35 0.35 0.008 0.008 1.6


With gas M21(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 695 635 22 95 80

(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 250 A, 26 V, 26 cm/min.

E 450 E 460 QINE 520 CREUSABROE 620

To order


1.0 D 200 5 1090-5104

1.0 K300 5 1090-5102

1.0 K300 18 1090-5094

1.0 ENDURO drum 200 1090-5217

1.0 Reel 250 1090-5097

1.2 K300 18 1090-5095

SAFDUAL ZNStandards:• EN 758

T 3 T Z V 1 H15• AWS A 5.18

E 70C GS

Main applications:• Automobile industry, shipyards, air conditioning systems,

railings, gates.

Characteristics:• For manual and automatic single run welding of galvanized,

zinc plated or prepainted thin sheet (0.8 to 4 mm).• Low spatter, better weld finish.• Reduces width of coating destroyed.• Good weld density.

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)• The wire contains high percentage of Al:

it must be used for single run with dilution of base metal.

Gas:• M21 (Ar/CO2 82-18 to 92-8)• M22 (Ar/O2)

Typical mecanical characteristics:• Tensile test: rupture of base metal• Longitudinal bending test (Ø 25 mandrel)- face bend test: 180 ° OKLap joint on sheetmetal A 33 thickness 3 mm. Average heat input: 4.2 kJ/cm, 330 A, 17 V, 0.8 m/min.

DC

90

Cored wires


To order


1.0 BE 18 1090-5163

1.2 PB 5 1090-5168

1.2 BE 18 1090-5161

1.2 ENDURO drum 230 1090-5232

1.4 BE 18 1090-5169

1.6 BE 16 1090-5166

SAFDUAL 206AStandards:• EN 758

T 46 5 1 Ni P M 1 H5• AWS A 5.29

E 81 T 1 Ni 1 - H4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Main applications:• General purpose mechanical constructions. Civil engineering.

Earthwork appliances.

Characteristics:• Metal cored wire giving a fine aspect to welds.• Downhand weld, single or multi run, clear finely ribbed

beads, almost silicate free on clean sheet.• Good mechanical characteristics on joint at – 20 °C.

Approvals:B.V. L.R.S. D.N.V. CONTROLAS F.I. D.B. T.Ü.V.

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � � �


With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.05 1.5 0.60 0.020 0.012

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J)

As welded 670 560 23 120


To order


1.2 K 300 16 1090-5019

SAFDUAL 248Standards:• SFA 5.29

E 81 T 1 G- W2 M• EN 758

T 46 A Z M M 1 H5Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Main applications:• Mechanical constructions.• Civil engineering.• Tubes and pipes in fume treatment processes.• Applications using the following brand steels

ITACOR, CORTEN, RESCO, PATINAX, RESISTA.

Characteristics:• Flux-cored wire producing attractive weld appearance.• Corrosion-resistant Cu-Cr-Ni-alloy steel joints allowing a patina

finish.• For single- or multi-pass flat welding, light, finely streaked beads,

virtually silicate-free on clean plate metal.• Diffusible hydrogen < 3 ml/100 g.

(BS 6693, end section 25 mm, 1.2 mm).• Good mechanical characteristics on joint at – 20 °C.• Low fume release.

Approvals:T.Ü.V. D.B.

With gas Ar/CO2 - (80/20) � �

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cu Ni Cr S P

With gas Ar/CO2 (80/20) 0.05 1.1 0.60 0,4 0.55 0.55 0,014 0,010


As welded 620 480 22 70 27

(1) ISO mould without dilution 280 A, 29 V, 27 cm/min. Average heat input: 18 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).

91

Cha

pte

r 3

To order


1.6 K 300 18 1090-5164

1.2 K 300 18 1090-5111


T 42 5 B M 1 H5T 42 5 B C 1 H5*

• AWS A 5.20E 71 T 5 for Ø 1.2 mmE 70 T 5 for Ø 1.6 mmSymbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Main applications:• Railroad rolling stock. Pressure vessels.• Structures requiring highly reliable work. Shipyards.

Characteristics:• Basic cored wire. For downhand and vertical up welding.

Good impact at – 40 °C.• The slag facilitates positional welding.

Diffusible hydrogen < 3 ml (BS 6693), stick out 25 mm, dia. 1.2.

• Supports long (e.g.: 580 °C/10h) or repeated P.W.H.T.

Approvals:B.V. L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas G.L. A.B.S. F.I.

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � � �

With gas C1 (CO2) � � � � � � �


With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.06 1.5 0.60 0.012 0.011


As welded 575 485 27 120 80

After heat treatment 50 °C/h 545 440 27 125 85580 °C/2h50 °C/h


To order


1.0 D 200 4 1090-5386

1.2 K 300 16 1090-5388

1.6 K 300 16 1090-5389

SAFUNI 310Standards:• EN 758

T 42 Z Y 1 H15• AWS A 5.20

E 71 T 7Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Main applications:• On-site assembly of sheet and plate metal or profile sections

(thickness 3 to 15 mm). Spot welding of round bars for reinforced concrete. Can be used on galvanized parts.

Characteristics:• Self shielding flux cored wire. For welding in all positions.• For fillet welding, single setting for horizontal, vertical up

and vertical down positions.

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Al S P

Weld metal 0.3 0.6 0.15 1.6 ≤ 0.025 ≤ 0.025

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % + 20 °C (J)

As welded 540 420 22 30

(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 270 A, 26 V, diameter 1,6 mm. Direct current to wire.–

Self shieldingDC

92

Cored wires

Flux cored wires for welding stainless steels

To order


1.2 K 300 15 1090-5255


E 308L T 0-1Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas C1 (CO2)

Main applications:• For all work on stainless steels

with corresponding grades (thickness ≥ 3 mm) is used manualy.

Characteristics:• Flux cored wires for austenitic steels with stainless steel strip.• Self-releasing slag. Excellent finish weld beads, generally requiring no finishing.• Welding downhand.• Easy to use for automatic welding.• Good X-ray quality welds.

Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas T.Ü.V.

With gas C1 ( CO2) � � � � � �

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni S P

With gas C1 ( CO2) ≤ 0.035 1.5 0.7 20 10 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at Ferrite (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 196 °C (J) WRC 92 (%)520 390 35 54 40 35 8

(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min. Average heat input: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas CO2.

To order


1.2 K 300 15 1090-5256




with corresponding grades (thickness ≥ 3 mm).


Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S P

With gas C21 ( CO2) ≤ 0.03 1.7 0.7 19 12 2.8 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at Ferrite (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 110 °C (J) WRC 92 (%)550 400 35 58 40 45 8


To order


1.2 K 200 4.5 1090-5269

1.2 K 300 15 1090-5261

SAFDUAL 650PStandards:• EN 12073

T 19 9 L R M5• AWS A 5.22

E 308L T 1-4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Main applications:• All stainless steel works

with corresponding grades(thickness ≥ 3 mm). Speciallyadapted for in position welding.

Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with stainless steel strip for austenitic steels. Slag cored wire.• Self-releasing slag. Fine weld bead finish, usually not requiring finishing.• Welding in all positions, even vertical down.• Easily automated.• Good X-ray quality welds.• High deposit rate, even horizontal.


With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � �


With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) ≤ 0.03 1.5 0.7 20 10 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at Ferrite (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 196 °C (J) WRC 92 (%)560 390 35 54 34 8

(1) On ISO all metal weld test, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min.Average heat input: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).

Approvals:T.Ü.V.


93

Cha

pte

r 3

To order


1.2 K 200 4.5 1090-5270

1.2 K 300 15 1090-5262


T 19 12 3 P M 1• AWS A 5.22






With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � �

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S P

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) ≤ 0.03 1.7 0.7 19 12 2.8 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03


(1) On ISO all metal weld test, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min.Average heat input: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).

To order


1.2 K 300 15 1090-5257




with corresponding grades (thickness ≥ 3 mm).


Approvals:T.Ü.V.



With gas C1 ( CO2) ≤ 0.03 1.6 0.7 24 13 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03



To order


1.2 K 200 4.5 1090-5271

1.2 K 300 15 1090-5263


T 23 12 L P M 1• AWS A 5.22






With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � �


With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) ≤ 0.03 1.6 0.7 24 13 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03


(1) On ISO all metal weld test, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min.Average heat input: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm,h gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).

94

To order all position wire


1.2 K 300 15 1090-5201

1.2 D 200 4.5 1090-5202

LEXAL T 22 9 3 NStandards:• EN 12073

T 23 12 R M5• AWS A 5.22

T 22 09 T 0-4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Main applications:• All works on stainless steels duplex

(URANUS 45 N, Wr N° 1.4462).

Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with stainless steel strip for duplex steels

and heterogeneous assemblies.• Self-removable slag.• Good bead aspect that generally needs no finishing.• Welding in all positions, even vertical down (T 22 9 3 N).• Easily automated.• Good radiography compactness of welds.• Passed the ASTM G 48 A corrosion test.


LEXAL T 22 9 3 N M21 � - - � �

C1 - � � - �

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S P N2 PR en Ferrite

WRC 92With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) ≤ 0.03 1.1 0.5 22.5 8.5 2.8 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03 14 > 35 39

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J)700 585 28 50

(1) On ISO all metal weld out of dilution: 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min. Average energy: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, M21 gas (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).

To order


1.2 K 300 15 1090-5063


T 19 9 Nb R M-5• AWS A 5.22

E 347 T 0-4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Main applications:• Works on stainless steels stabilised

(Ni Cr) with titanium or niobium.• For chemical, petroleum and food

industries.• Resurfacing and reconstitution

of plated steels.

Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with stainless steel strip for austenitic steels. Slag cored wire.• Self-releasing slag. Fine weld bead finish, usually not requiring finishing.• Horizontal or vertical down welding position.• Easily automated.• Good X-ray quality welds.• Controlled ferrous rate.

Correcponding steel classes:� AFNOR: Z 6 CNT 18.10 - Z 6 CN Nb 18.10 � DIN: X 10 Cr Ni Ti 18.09 - X 10 Cr Ni Nb Ti 18.09 � UNE: X 6 Cr Ni Ti 17.11 - X 6 Cr Ni Nb 18.11 � ASTM: 321 - 347

� UNI: X 6 Cr Ni Ti 18.11 - X 6 Cr Ni Nb 18.11 � JIS: SUS 321 - SUS 347 � BS: 321 S 12 - 347 S 17 � MNC: 23.37.02 - 23.38.02

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni Nb* S P Ferrite

WRC 92With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) ≤ 0.03 2.4 0.37 19 11 0.48 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 10

To order


1.2 K 300 15 1090-5191

1.6 K 300 15 1090-5192

SAFDUAL 651Standards:

AWS A 5.22E 307 T1-GSymbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

Main applications:• Allows the assembly of steels with 12% of Mn.• Makes an excellent under-layer product for hard surfacing.• Allows heterogeneous assemblies of stainless steels

– carbon or low alloy steels.• Welding of hard to weld carbon steels.

Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with stainless steel strip. Slag cored wire.• Self-releasing slag.• Fine weld bead finish, usually not requiring finishing.• Welding in all positions, eventually vertical down.• Easily automated.• Good weld compactness.


With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.03 2.6 0.7 19 8 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03

Cored wires

Flux cored wires for welding stainless steels

To order special flat position wire


1.2 K 300 15 1090-5200

95

Cha

pte

r 3

To order


1.2 K 300 18 1090-5145

1.2 Reel 250 1090-0147

1.2 Enduro drum 230 W 000 234 942

1.4 Enduro drum 230 1090-5148

SAFDUAL 217Standards:• AWS SFA A 5.22

E 430 TO G

Main applications:• Welding ferritic steels with 17%

Cr (also suitable for grade 409).Automobile: catalytic converterassemblies.

Characteristics:• Slag-free, flux-cored wire for automatic and semi-automatic welding.• An economical solution (high welding speeds) compared to solid wire.• Good resistance to fatigue due to the fine-grain structure of the metal

deposited and the heat affected zone (low linear energy welding).• Very tolerance to defects in preparation.• Very stable arc with no spatter.• Very good corrosion resistance.

Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ti S P

With ARCAL 12 gas ( M12) 0.04 0.30 0.30 16.8 0.60 0.020 0.010

UTS Elongation HV(MPa ) (I=5d) % 0.3530 30 170

Typical mecanical characteristics (1):

(1) ISO mould without dilution 250 A, 26 V.Average energy: 15 kJ/cm, diameter, 1.2 mm.

96

Solid wires

NERTALIC 70 SStandards:• EN 440

G2 Si• AWS A 5.28

ER 70S3

Solid wire for non alloyed steels welding

Main applications:Main general purpose MAG wire.• Land transportation vehicles.• Mechanical construction.• Metal joinery and other small structural work.

Approvals:

B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. S.N.C.F. D.N.V. T.Ü.V. D.B. Stoomvesen MarineControlas Nationale

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � � � � �

With gas C1 (CO2) � � � - � � � � �

Typical chemical analysis:C Mn Si S P

On wire 0.08 1.15 0.6 0.015 0.015

On deposited metalwith gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.06 0.90 0.45 0.015 0.015

On deposited metalwith gas C1 (CO2 ) 0.06 0.75 0.4 0.015 0.015

Typical mechanical characteristics (1):Heat UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction CVN at CVN at treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J)

With gas M21 None 550 460 27 68 90 60

(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 620 °C/2h 490 350 31 70 130 90650 °C 15h 460 330 31 70 130 90

With gas C1(CO2 ) None 540 450 27 68 70 40

(1) Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-312 and EN 440

(1) Need a conical cover 1090-4655 BEM: metallic spool with hub KS 300 (doesn’t need an adaptor)BE: metallic spool K 300 (adaptor 1090-4556)BPM: plastic spool D 300

Speed packdrums

ENDURO drums

Ecological drum with straps on pallet

2 x 300 kg 2 x 450 kg

Plastic spoolDiam.mm

SJ BE (K 300) SO BE (K 300) SJ BEM (KS 300) SR BPM (D 300)

Individual boxes on 1 200 x 800 mm pallet

Metallic ecological spool

0.8 1090-4201 W 000 235 314 1090-4485 1090-4491 – – -

1.0 1090-4202 W 000 235 315 1090-4486 1090-4492 1090-4735 1090-4731 On request

1.2 1090-4203 W 000 235 316 1090-4487 1090-4493 1090-4736 1090-4732 On request

1.6 – 1090-4539 – 1090-4540 1090-4739 – -

To order

97

Cha

pte

r 3

NERTALIC 70 AStandards:• EN 440

G3 Si 1• AWS A 5.28

ER 70S6

Main applications:• Differs from NERTALIC 70 S:

- by better fusion under CO2

- by a stronger weld metal, although impactstrengths are lower.

Approvals:

A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. T.Ü.V. D.B. MarineControlas NationaleWith gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � � �

With gas C1 (CO2) � � - � � - �

Typical chemical analysis:C Mn Si S P

On wire 0.08 1.4 0.8 0.015 0.015

On deposited metal with gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.06 0.90 0.45 0.015 0.015

On deposited metal with gas C1 (CO2 ) 0.06 0.75 0.4 0.015 0.015

Typical mechanical characteristics (1):Heat UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction CVN attreatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) – 20 °C (J)

With gas M21None 590 500 25 65 90(Ar/CO2 - 82/18)

With gas C1(CO2 ) None 580 490 25 65 100


(1) Loaded to 16 kg(2) Need a conical cover 1090-4655

BEM: metallic spool with hub KS 300 (doesn’t need an adaptor)BE: metallic spool K 300 (adaptor 1090-4556)BPM: plastic spool D 300

Speed packdrums

ENDURO drums

Ecological drum with straps on pallet

2 x 300 kg 2 x 450 kg

Plastic spool 800 kg1000 kg Pallet 900 kg Pallet BEP 800 kgDiam.

mm50 BE 20 kg

SJ SO SJ SR

50 BE 18 kg 50 BPM 16 kg50 BEM 16 kg

Individual boxes on 1 200 x 800 mm pallet

Metallic ecological spool

0.8 1090-4210 (1) 1090-4517 1090-4515 1090-4542 – – –

1.0 1090-4211 1090-4518 1090-4462 1090-4460 1090-4737 1090-4733 On request

1.2 1090-4212 1090-4527 1090-4468 1090-4472 1090-4738 1090-4734 On request

To order

STARMAG+Standards:• EN 440

G3 Si 1• AWS A 5.28

ER 70 S6

Main applications:• This massive very high range wire stands out by:

- A good fusion under CO2 and very few spatters- Good compactness especially under mixed gas

Argon 82 % + CO2 18 % (ATAL 5A)- Reliable and remarkable mechanical characteristics on deposited metal- Constant copper plating and coiling qualities

This wire is ideal for automatic and robotics applications and in all caseswhere the quality of welds requires a high quality of constancy and of wirequality.

Approvals:

T.Ü.V.

C Mn Si S P

0.07 1.4 0.80 0.010 0.010


Typical mechanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 40 °C (J)

With gas M21(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 600 520 30 100

With gas C1(CO2 ) 653 570 30 160

Please consult us

To order

98

Solid wires

Solid wire for low alloyed steel welding

Solid wire for stainless steels welding

NERTALIC 86Standards:• EN 440

G4 Mo• AWS A 5.28

ER 80 SD2

Main applications:• Wire for welding high yield strength steels (Re ≥ 600 MPa).

Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction CVN at CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J)

With gas M21(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 750 680 18 60 55 35


Winding: contiguous turns

ENDURO drum2 x 300 kgDiam.

mm

BE (K300) 16 kg

0.8 1090-4590 -

1.0 1090-4586 1090-4669

1.2 1090-4587 1090-4673

To order

Typical chemical analysis:C Mn Si S P Mo

On wire 0.10 0.09 1.9 1.7 0.65 0.50On deposited metal with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 ) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.5 0.5

Approvals:D.B. D.N.V.

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � �

NERTALIC 88Standards:• EN 12534

Mn 4Ni 1 Mo• AWS A 5.28

ER 100 SG

Main applications:• Wire for welding high yield strength steels (Re ≥ 690 MPa).

Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction CVN at CVN at CVN at CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 60 °C (J) – 80 °C (J)

With gas M21(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 850 750 18 60 95 65 40 30


Winding: contiguous turns

Diam.mm

BE (K 300)16 kg

1.0 1090-4589

1.2 1090-4588

To orderTypical chemical analysis:C Mn Si S P Mo Ni

On wire 0.05 1.9 0.45 0.010 0.010 0.55 2.00On deposited metal with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 ) 0.06 1.5 0.30 0.010 0.010 0.55 1.95

Approvals:D.B. D.N.V.

With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � �

NERTALIC50 / 50 HPStandards:• EN 12072

G 19 9 LSi• AWS A 5.19

ER 308 LSi

Main applications:• Welding of stainless steels type 18 % Cr, 10 % Ni with low carbon content.• The high silicon content facilitates use with MIG welding.

Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction Hardness CVN(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) (Hv) (J)

at + 20 °C 390 590 35 60 190 90

at + 400 °C 300 450 24 - - -

at – 196 °C - - - - - 40

(1) Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-314

Diam.mm

BEM (KS 300)16 kg

NERTALIC 50 NERTALIC 50 HP

0.8 1090-0203 1090-0206

1.0 1090-0200 1090-0207

1.2 1090-0201 1090-0208

To order

Typical chemical analysis on wire:C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Co Cu N2

NERTALIC 50 0.015 1.7 0.8 0.015 0.020 10 20 - - -NERTALIC 50 HP 0.015 1.7 0.8 0.010 0.015 10 20 < 0.10 < 0.15 < 0.06

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

99

Cha

pte

r 3

Diam.mm

BEM (KS 300)16 kg

1.0 1090-0224

1.2 1090-0225

To order

NERTALIC52 / 52 HPStandards:• AWS A 5.9

ER 316 LSi• EN 12072

G 19 9 3 LSi

Main applications:• Welding of stainless steels type 17 % Cr, 11 % Ni, 2.5 % Mo,

with a low carbon content (except in a highly oxidizing environment).• The high silicon content facilitates use with MIG welding.


at + 20 °C 410 600 35 60 190 80

at + 400 °C - 300 450 - - -

at – 196 °C - - - - - 40

(1) Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-314

Diam.mm

BEM (KS 300)16 kg

NERTALIC 52 NERTALIC 52 HP

0.8 1090-0215 1090-0210

1.0 1090-0216 1090-0214

1.2 1090-0217 1090-0211

To order

Typical chemical analysis on wire:C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Co Cu N2

NERTALIC 52 0.015 1.7 0.8 0.015 0.020 11.5 18.5 - - -NERTALIC 52 HP 0.015 1.7 0.8 0.010 0.015 11.5 18.5 < 0.10 < 0.15 < 0.06

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

NERTALIC 51Standards:• AWS A 5.9

ER 308 LSi• EN 12072

G 18 8 Mn

Main applications:• For assembly of steels with 12% Mn.• Constitutes an excellent underlayer for hard surfacing.• For welding dissimilar metals: stainless steels-carbon or low alloy steels.• Welding of carbon steels with difficult weldability.


at + 20 °C 400 630 37 55 180 80

(1) On deposited metal


at + 20 °C 440 640 35 60 180 80


Diam.mm

BEM (KS 300)16 kg

200 kg ENDURO drum

1.0 1090-0239 1090-0244

1.2 1090-0240 1090-0243

To order

C Mn Si S P Ni Cr0.08 7 0.8 < 0.025 < 0.025 8.5 18.5


Approvals:T.Ü.V.


ER 347 Si• EN 12072

G 19 9 Nb Si

Main applications:• Welding of niobium-stabilized stainless type 18-10 and similar grades.

Typical mechanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % + 20 °C (J) – 196 °C (J)

430 650 44 60 40

Diam.mm

BEM (KS 300)15 kg

1.0 1090-0230

1.2 1090-0231

To order

C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Nb0.04 1.4 0.85 0.015 0.020 9.5 20 0.7

Typical chemical analysis on wire: Approvals:T.Ü.V.


ER 309 L• EN 12072

G 23 12 L

Main applications:• Welding of high alloy austenitic steels to low alloy and non-alloyed steels.• Welding of steels with 24 % Cr, 12 % Ni.

C Mn Si S P Ni Cr0.02 1.8 0.5 0.015 0.015 13 23.5


100

Solid wires

Solid wire for stainless steels welding

Diam.mm

1.2 1090-0235

To order


at + 20 °C 440 550 35 50 160 80

(1) On deposited metal - Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-313

Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation after tempering Hardness (as welded)(MPa ) (MPa ) (850 °C/2h) (I=5d) % (HB)

at + 20 °C 350 550 25 300 to 350 (approx. depending on heat conditions)

(1) On deposited metal - Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-314


ER 310• EN 12072

G CN 25 20

Main applications:• Welding of refractory steels grade 25-20, resistant to corrosion by oxidation

up to 1 200 °C (risk of cracking at high temperature).

C Mn Si S P Ni Cr0.10 1.6 0.4 0.015 0.015 20 24


C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Nb Mo0.04 1.4 0.85 0.015 0.020 11 19 0.7 2.7


BEM (KS 300)16 kg

Solid wire for duplex steels welding

Diam.mm

1.0 1090-0263

1.2 1090-0264

To orderLEXALG 22.9.3.NStandards:• AWS A 5.9

ER 22.09

Main applications:• Welding of DUPLEX austenitic-ferrous steels resistant to corrosion (type 45N)• Tubing assemblies in the field of offshore extraction of gas and petrol and

chemical industries.The deposit metal meets corrosion test G48A of the ASTM.

C Mn Si Ni Cr mo N0.02 1.6 0.5 8.5 22.8 3 0.2


BE (K 300)15 kg

Diam.mm

1.2 1090-0238

To order

Typical mechanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % (J)

at + 20 °C 450 650 37 60


ER 318 Si• EN 12072

G 19 12 3 Nb Si

Main applications:• Welding of low carbon austenitic stainless steels containing Cr Ni Mo,

stabilized with titanium of niobium, type 20/10 corrosion resistant.BEM (KS 300)

15 kg

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

C Mn Si S P Cr0.04 0.4 0.4 0.015 0.015 13.0


Diam.mm

1.2 1090-4108

To orderNERTALIC 57Standards:• AWS A 5.9

ER 410• EN 12072

G 13

Main applications:• Surfacing of 13 % Cr type steels.• Assembly of 13 % Cr steels when a homogeneous solution is required

(precautions should be taken with heating, depending on the nature of the parent metal). BEM (KS 300)

15 kg

101

Cha

pte

r 3


(2) analysis on wire, meeting NFA 81331

Solid wire for base nickel (inconel) steels welding

Diam.mm

1.0 1090-3809

1.2 1090-3810

To order

Typical mechanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % (J)

at + 20 °C 440 640 35 60

at – 196 °C - - - 70


ER Ni Cr 3

Main applications:• Welding of nickel alloys of the types Alloy 600 and 800, of stainless steels

to carbon steels, of 9 % Ni low temperature steels or cast irons sensitive to weather conditions.

• Resurfacing in cases of severe corrosion (high temperature corrosion and corrosion under strain).

C Mn Si Ni Cr Fe Nb0.03 3 0.15 remainder 20 < 3.0 2.5


BEM(KS 300)15 kg

Solid wire for aluminium and light alloys welding

Diam.mm

1.2 1090-3502

1.6 1090-3503

2.4 1090-3504

To order

Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) %

at + 20 °C 70 to 90 40 to 60 ≥ 25 %


ER 1100

Main applications:• Nuclear engineering.• Road and rail transportation equipment.• Energy conveyance.• Chemical and food industries.

Mn Si Fe Mg Cu Zn Al≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.30 ≤ 4.0 2.5 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.07 ≥ 99.5

Typical chemical analysis on wire (2):

BPM (D 300)6 kg



Diam.mm

1.2 1090-3532

1.6 1090-3533

To order


at + 20 °C 115 to 150 48 ≥ 10 %


ER 4043

Main applications:• Braze welding of light alloys (MIG).

Mn Si Fe Mg Cu Zn Al Ti≤ 0.05 5 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.10 remainder ≤ 0.20


BPM (D 300)6 kg

Diam.mm

1.0 1090-0250

1.2 1090-0251

To orderNERTALIC 625Standards:• AWS A 5.14

ER Ni Cr mo-3

Main applications:• Surfacing to protect against corrosion.• Assembly of alloys with high Cr and Ni content: Inconel 600, 601, 625,

Incoloy 800, 800H, 801, etc, resistant to marine corrosion and to high (1 000 °C) and low (–196 °C) temperatures.

• For homogeneous and heterogeneous welding.• Application: petrochemicals, cryogenics.

C Mn Si Ni Cr Fe Mo Nb0.03 3 0.2 remainder 22 < 1.0 9 3.5


BEM (KS 300)15 kg

102



Solid wire for aluminium and light alloys welding

Diam.mm

1.0 1090-3509 (6 kg)

1.2 1090-3510 (6 kg)

To order


at + 20 °C 180 to 210 80 to 100 15

NERTALIC 20 Main applications:• Road and railroad transportation equipment.• Chemical and food processing industry.

Mn Si Fe Mg Cu Zn Al Cr Ti≤ 0.35 0.10 ≤ 0.3 3.4 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.20 remainder 0.2 0.10



Mn Si Fe Mg Cu Zn Al Cr Ti0.8 0.15 ≤ 0.4 4.5 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.25 remainder 0.2 0.12


BPM (D 300)6 kg

Solid wires


Solid wire for copper and copper alloys welding

Diam.mm

1.2 1090-0101

1.6 1090-0102

2.4 1090-0103

To order

Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Hardess(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % (HB)

at + 20 °C 170 210 30 55


ER Cu

Main applications:• Welding of copper and copper alloys.• Wear-resistant surfacing.• Braze welding of thin sheet metal (MIG).

Mn Si Fe Sn0.3 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.05 0.7


BPM (D 300)12 kg


Diam.mm

1.2 1090-0040

1.6 1090-0047

To order


at + 20 °C 270 to 300 110 to 150 15


ER 5183

Main applications:• Armaments industry.• Road and railroad transportation equipment.• Ship superstructures.• Chemical and food processing industry.

BPM (D 300)6 kg


Mn Si Fe Mg Cu Zn Al Cr Ti0.15 0.2 ≤ 0.4 5 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.20 remainder 0.15 ≤ 0.5



Diam.mm

0.8 - 1090-3512

1.0 1090-3514 -

1.2 1090-3515 1090-3526

1.6 1090-3516 -

To order


at + 20 °C 215 to 255 95 to 135 15-20


ER 5356

Main applications:• Armaments industry.• Road and railroad transportation equipment.• Signalling equipment.• Chemical and food processing industry.

BPM (D 300)6 kg

PB spools2 kg

103

Cha

pte

r 3


Diam.mm

0.8 1090-3800

1.2 1090-3801

1.6 1090-3802

2.4 1090-3803

To order

Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Hardess(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % (HB)

at + 20 °C 420 190 50 90


~ ER Cu AI A1

Main applications:• Welding of corresponding copper-aluminum alloys.• Braze welding of galvanized steel, steels or cast irons sensitive to quenching

(when the mechanical characteristics are accepted).• Surfacing resistant to marine corrosion, with a good coefficient of friction.

Mn Si Fe Ni Cu Al≤ 1.8 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.8 remainder 8.5


BPM (D 300)12 kg


Diam.mm

1.2 1090-3812

To order

Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Hardess CVN at CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % (HB) + 20 °C (J) – 80 °C (J)

at + 20 °C 600 250 30 140 60 45


~ ER Cu AI A1

Main applications:• Welding of copper and copper alloys.• Braze welding of thin sheet metal (MIG)• Wear-resistant surfacing.

Mn Sn Fe Ni Cu Al Zn Pb Ag≤ 2 ≤ 0.5 1.5 2 remainder 9 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5


BPM (D 300)12 kg

Hard surfacing

NERTALIC 535 Main applications:• Earth-moving equipment, shovel teeth

(preheating to 250 °C required).

Performance:

HV 30 hardness of deposit all weld metal Shielding gas Max. number of layers Cat. no. Diam. (mm) Packaging Weight (kg)

350 Ar/CO2 82/18 or CO2 no limit 1090-1232 1.2 Plastic spool 15

Solid wires for hard surfacing

1 impact

2 abrasion

3 high temperature

4 corrosion

good1234

very good excellent

To order


600 Ar/CO2 82/18 or CO2 3 1090-1242 1.2 Plastic spool 15

To order

NERTALIC 560 Main applications:• Earth-moving equipment, shovel teeth.

Performance:

good1234

very good excellent

104

Hard surfacing

SAFDUAL 200 Main applications:• Underlayers.• Reshaping: coupling rolling mill sleeves.• Build-up.

Performance:


220 Ar/CO2 82/18 no limit rebuilding 1090-5052 2.4 K 415-100 25

Cored wires for hard surfacing

1 impact

2 abrasion

3 high temperature

4 corrosion

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFDUAL 651 Main applications:• Underlayers. • Mills and grinding mills (impact + abrasion).

Rails. Caterpillar track rollers.

Performance:


250 Ar/CO2 82/18 or CO2 no limit 1090-5191 1.2 Metallic spool 151090-5192 1.6 15

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFDUAL 560 Main applications:• Earth moving equipment, shovel teeth,

caterpillar tracks, ore breaking. • Good resistance to abrasion

and to average shocks.

Performance:


600 Ar/CO2 82/18 or CO2 3 1090-5332 1.2 Metallic spool 181090-5335 1.6 18

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFDUAL 225 Main applications:• Hard-facing of tools and roller bearing.• Shafts and nave rebuilding.• Hard-facing of roller or rail.• Build-up before hard-facing

Performance:


250-300 Ar/CO2 82/18 no limit 1090-5151 1.2 Metallic spool 181090-5152 1.6 18

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFUNI RAIL Main applications:• Rebuilding of railways rails.• Deposit has a bainitic structure and is

recommended for pieces with an highcontent in carbon.

• Good resistance to shocks.

Performance:


300-350 - 3 1090-5338 1.6 Metallic spool 16

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFUNI MANGA Main applications:• Deposit is not magnetic. • Hammer-hardennable. • Excellent resistance to shocks.• Excellent resistance to metal/metal wearing. • Hard-facing and assembly of manganese steels.• Hard-facing of railways switches.

Performance:


600 after hammer-hardennig Ar/CO2 82/18 or CO2 3 1090-5393 1.6 Metallic spool 15

good1234

very good excellent

To order

SAFDUAL 535 Main applications:• Forging tools, earth moving equipment,

caterpillar track rollers. • Good resistance to heat up to 500 °C,

to oxidation shocks and to the wear and tear metal/metal.

Performance:


350-400 Ar/CO2 82/18 no limit Consult us 1.2 Metallic spool 18

good1234

very good excellent

To order

One side single welding on ceramic backing is supported by different arc welding processes: SMAW and GMAW (solidwire and flux cored wire).The technique of using the ceramic backing is easy to learn, even a welder that is not used to weld root passes day by dayis able to perform a high quality root pass. Excellent weldingin semi automatic applications (trolley…).

105

Ceramic backing bars

Cha

pte

r 3

1415

-082

Economical aspectsWelding with KERALINE our new range of ceramic backingenables you to build a much more efficient weld of the weldroot :• without gouging,• without grinding,• without re-welding,• without rework,• with an higher root disposition,• with a bigger root thickness permits higher welding

current for the hotpass.

The use of the ceramic backing enables you to weld withhigher Amperage. The quality of the weld will be improved :• higher penetration,• minimum risk of lack of fusion,• smooth profile of the root pass.

Ceramic on metallic support

KERALINE TM1 - 13 mm

KERALINE type TM

To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.

Piece 24 x 6.5 x 600 mm - -

Bag 5.4 m 9 pieces 2.5 kgW 000 010 403

Carton 32.4 m 6 bags 15 kg

Pallet 1 814 m 56 cartons 860 kg

KERALINE TM2 - 18 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.

Piece 34 x 8.5 x 600 mm - -

Bag 5.4 m 9 pieces 4.5 kgW 000 010 404

Carton 21.6 m 4 bags 18 kg

Pallet 1 210 m 56 cartons 1 028 kg

106

Ceramic backing barsCeramic on Aluminium-tape

KERALINE TA1 - 6 mm

KERALINE type TA


Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -

Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 391

Carton 36 m 6 bags 13 kg


KERALINE TA2 - 9 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.

Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -

Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 392



KERALINE TA3 - 13 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.

Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -

Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 393



KERALINE TF1 - 6 mm

KERALINE type TF


Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -

Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 394



KERALINE TF2 - 9 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.

Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -

Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 395



KERALINE TF3 - 13 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.

Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -

Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 396



107

Cha

pte

r 3

Ceramic on Aluminium-tape

KERALINE type TR

KERALINE TR1 - 6 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.

Piece 6 x 6 x 600 mm - -

Bag 30 m 50 pieces 2.6 kgW 000 010 397



Ø 6


Piece 7 x 7 x 600 mm - -

Bag 30 m 50 pieces 2.8 kgW 000 010 398



Ø 7


Piece 8 x 8 x 600 mm - -

Bag 12 m 20 pieces 1.6 kgW 000 010 399



Ø 8


Piece 9 x 9 x 600 mm - -

Bag 12 m 20 pieces 1.85 kgW 000 010 400



Ø 9


Piece 12 x 12 x 600 mm - -

Bag 12 m 20 pieces 2.6 kgW 000 010 401



Ø 12


Piece 15 x 15 x 600 mm - -

Bag 9 m 15 pieces 3.2 kgW 000 010 402



Ø 15

2063

-004

109

Chapter 4Plasma cutting

A complete range of heavy duty plasma cutters from the specialist of plasma process. The worldwide recognized ZIPrange is the solution for all the on-site applications with a set ofmachine simple, robust and ready to use. The inverter microprocessor controlled units provide the cut quality thanks toSAF patented consumables.

110

Plasma cutting

2004

-034

5

2003

-089

Power supply Primary consumption Air pressure Duty cycle Dimensions Net ProtectionSAXOZIP (I max) and flowrate 10 min. cycle (at 40 °C) ( l x w x h ) weight index

230 V 50-60 Hz 16 A built-in compessor 20 A at 50% 420 x 175 x 300 mm 12 kg IP 23single-phase

SAXOZIP with Z 0.5 torch and wear parts

The portable solution with built-in compressor for manual plasma cutting6 decisive advantages:• Built-in air compressor.• Cut up to 8 mm (severance cut on carbon steel).• Light weight: 12 kg.

• Primary consumption < 16 A.• Digital display of the parameters.• High operator safety thanks to the new Z torch.

To order• Add-ons:- 1 cutting compass,

Cat. no. 0408-9075,- NERTAZIP goggles

Cat. no. 0408-1059,- NERTAZIP gloves T9


Cat. no. 0007-0070.

1

2

3

4

Drag cutting

2004

-685

Z 0.5 torch for drag cutting Maximum current at 60%: 20 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• FL electrode• L 0.65 nozzle• Z2 TN Skirt• Mixt wrenchPlasma gas: air

Cutting capacity:

• Severance cut: 8 mm

• Genuine cut: 4 mm

Wear parts for Z 0.5 torch

To order• Air-cooled 4 m torch:- Z 0.5 Cat. no. 0408-9303• Wear parts:

Torch body Cat. no. 0408-9312FL electrode Cat. no. 0408-9223L 0.65 nozzle Cat. no. W 000 050 045Z2 TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-9272Wrench Cat. no. 0408-92405

4

3

2

1

To order• Installation ready to use

including:- 1 SAXOZIP,- 1 Z 0.5 cutting torch,- 1 earth cable with a clamp,- 1 set of wear parts,

Cat. no. 0408-2610

2003

-563

+

Power Cutting capacity Cutting current Number of Adapted Weight Productsupply Quality Separation setting positions torch kg name

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 (range)

single-phase 4 mm 8 mm ∝ Z 0.5 12 SAXOZIP single-phase 8 mm 12 mm ∝ Z 1.0 8 PRESTOZIP 1.0 three-phase 20 mm 25 mm ∝ Z 1.0 29 PRESTOZIP 2.0three-phase 20 mm 25 mm 2 CP 40 R 85 ZIP 2.0three-phase 35 mm 40 mm 4 CP 100 R / CP 40 R 147 ZIP 4.0three-phase 40 mm 50 mm 5 Z 5.0 260 ZIP 5.0

Choice criteria

111

Cha

pte

r 4

PRESTOZIP Power supply Primary consumption Air pressure Duty cycle Dimensions Net Protection1.0 (I max) and flowrate 10 min. cycle (at 40 °C) ( l x w x h ) weight index

230 V 50-60 Hz 23 A 5.5 bars 25 A at 60%415 x 170 x 310 mm 8 kg IP 23single-phase 120 l/min. 30 A at 35%

Legend:

I mini I maxi� �

5

2003

-089

PRESTOZIP 1.0 with Z 1.0 torch and wear parts

The high-tech portable solution for manual plasma cutting4 decisive advantages:• Compact and light (8 kg).• Severance cut up to 12 mm (carbon steel).

• Digital display of the parameters.• More safety thanks to the new Z torch.





Cat. no. 0007-0070.

1

2

3

4

Drag cutting

2004

-685

Z 1.0 torch for drag cutting Maximum current at 60%: 30 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• FL electrode• L 1.0 nozzle• Z2 TN Skirt• Mixt wrenchPlasma gas: air

Cutting capacity:




To order• Air-cooled 5 m torch:- Z 1.0 Cat. no. 0408-9297• Wear parts:

Torch body Cat. no. 0408-9286FL electrode Cat. no. 0408-9223FL 0.8 nozzle (0.5 mm to 6 mm)Cat. no. 0408-9217 L 1.0 nozzle (6 mm to 12 mm)Cat. no. 0408-9213Z2 TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-9272Wrench Cat. no. 0408-9240 5

4

3

2

1


including:- 1 PRESTOZIP 1.0,- 1 Z 1.0 cutting torch,- 1 earth cable with a clamp,- 1 set of wear parts,

Cat. no. 0408-2672

2003

-309

+

2001

-109

112

Plasma cutting

1

2

3

4

9

10

6

7

8

Drag cutting Distance cutting

2004

-690

2004

-691

11

PRESTOZIP Power supply Primary consumption Air pressure Duty cycle Dimensions Net Protection2.0 (I max) and flowrate 10 min. cycle (at 40 °C) ( l x w x h ) weight index

400 V 50/60 Hz 21.9 A 5.5 bars 55 A at 60% 640 x 260 x 410 mm 29 kg IP 23±10% three-phase 180 l/min. 45 A at 100%

PRESTOZIP 2.0 with Z 1.0 torch and wear partsThe quality and reliability5 decisive advantages:• Unequalled quality cut on 20 mm thickness.• Powerful - maximum cut up to 30 mm (carbon steel).• Digital display of the parameters.• 3 cutting modes.• Compact.





Cat. no. 0007-0070.

Z 1.0 torch for drag cutting Maximum current at 60%: 65 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• FL electrode• L 1.2 nozzle• Z2 TI Skirt• Mixt wrenchPlasma gas: air

Cutting capacity:




To order• Wear parts for distance cutting:

FL electrode Cat. no. 0408-9223L 1.0 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92131 mm to 5 mmL 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92145 mm to 30 mm (severance cut)Z2TI skirt Cat. no. W 000 050 052

orC electrode Cat. no. 0408-9224C 1.0 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92191 mm to 5 mmL 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92205 mm to 30 mm (severance cut)Z2 TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-9272Skate Cat. no. 0408-205311

4

10

10

9

8

7

7

6


including:- 1 PRESTOZIP 2.0,- 1 Z 1.0 cutting torch,- 1 earth cable with a clamp,- 1 set of wear parts,

Cat. no. 0408-2660

To order• Air-cooled 5 m torch:- Z 1.0 Cat. no. 0408-9270• Air-cooled 12 m torch:- Z 1.0 Cat. no. 0408-9271

• Wear parts:Torch body Cat. no. 0408-9286Wrench Cat. no. 0408-9240

• Wear parts for drag cutting:FL electrode Cat. no. 0408-9223L 1.0 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92130.5 mm to 4 mmL 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92144 mm to 8 mmYL 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-9218 1 mm to 4 mm (40 A) cutting in angle nozzleZ2TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-92724

3

3

3

2

5

1

2003

-154

+

5

2003

-089

1

2

3

4

8

9

56

Distance cutting

CP 40 R torch Maximum current at 60%: 65 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• C Hafnium electrode• M D1.2 nozzle• TN Skirt• Skate• Mixt wrenchPlasma gas: air

Wear parts for CP 40 R torch

To order• Wear parts:

Torch body Cat. no. 0408-2056Wrench Cat. no. 0408-9240

• Wear parts for distance cutting:Immersion tube Cat. no. 0408-2381C Hafnium electrode Cat. no. 0408-2404M D1.0 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-22611 to 8 mmM D 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-22628 to 25 mm (severance cut)TN Skirt Cat. no. 0408 2267+ Skate Cat. no. 0408-2053

orTI 40 skirt Cat. no. 0408-2268

• Wear parts for drag cuttingwith conical nozzle:L Hafnium electrode Cat. no. 0408-9122L conical nozzle Cat. no. 0408-9123TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-22675

9

8

6

5

4

4

3

2

7

1


including:- 1 ZIP 2.0 three-phase

230/400 V 50 Hz,- 1 cutting torch length 6 m,

Cat. no. 0408-2926

or- 1 ZIP 2.0 three-phase

220/380 V 50 Hz,- 1 cutting torch length 6 m,

Cat. no. 0408-2934.

To order• Air-cooled 6 m torch:- CP 40 R Cat. no. 0408-2050• Air-cooled 10 m torch:- CP 40 R Cat. no. 0408-2252• Air-cooled 15 m torch:- CP 40 R Cat. no. 0408-2253

2001

-080

+

5

2003

-089

1909

-001

ZIP 2.0 Power supply Primary consumption Air pressure Duty cycle Dimensions Net Protection(I max) and flowrate 10 min. cycle (at 40 °C) ( l x w x h ) weight index

230 / 400 V 50 Hz 35.5 A (230 V)

220 / 380 V 50 Hz20.5 A (400 V) 5.5 bars 60 A at 40% 615 x 530 x 885 mm 85 kg IP 23

three-phase 37 A (220 V) 130 l/min. 30 A at 100%21.4 A (380 V)

ZIP 2.0 with CP 40 R torch and wear partsWork of high quality and large precision.7 decisive advantages:• On wheels installation, • Universal cutting installation of all metals,• Very fast quality cutting up to 25 mm,• 2 ranges of power setting, • Delivered complete with torch maintenance kit,• Torch wear parts optimisation device,

• Simple and multi-use. The ideal tool for cuttingfrom 0.5 to 20 mm.

Cutting capacity:



Cha

pte

r 4

113

1

2

3

4

8

9

56

Distance cutting

114

Plasma cutting


230 / 400 / 415 V 50 Hz 35 A 5.5 bars 35 A at 100%220 / 380 V 50 Hz 78.7 A (220 V) 170 l/min. 69 A at 55% 615 x 530 x 1 165 mm 147 kg IP 23

three-phase 45.6 A (380 V) 100 A at 25%

ZIP 4.0 with CP 100 R torch and wear partsWork of high quality and large precision5 decisive advantages:• On wheels installation, • More power to cut large thicknesses,• Delivered complete with torch maintenance kit,• Torch wear parts optimisation device,• Simple and multi-use. The ideal tool for cutting from 0.5 to 30 mm.

4 ranges of power setting for ZIP 4.0:- range 1: 0.5 to 15 mm- range 2: 3 to 25 mm- range 3: 8 to 35 mm- range 3: 8 to 40 mm

CP 100 R torch Maximum current at 40%: 125 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• C Hafnium electrode• M D1.6 nozzle• TI 100 Skirt • Mixt wrenchPlasma gas: air

Cutting capacity:



Wear parts for CP 100 R torch

• Wear parts:Torch body Cat. no. 0408-2056Wrench Cat. no. 0408-9240

• Wear parts for distance cutting:Immersion tube Cat. no. 0408-2381 C Hafnium electrode Cat. no. 0408-2404M D1.0 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-22611 to 8 mmM D 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-22628 to 25 mm (severance cut)MD 1.6 nozzle 25 to 40 mmCat. no. 0408-2385TN Skirt Cat. no. 0408 2267+ Skate Cat. no. 0408-2053

orTI 40 skirt Cat. no. 0408-2268TI 100 skirt Cat. no. 0408-2405

• Wear parts for drag cutting with conical nozzle:L Hafnium electrode Cat. no. 0408-9122L conical nozzle Cat. no. 0408-9123TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-22675

9

8

6

6

5

4

4

4

3

2

7

1


including:- 1 ZIP 4.0 (220/400/415 V) - 1 cutting torch length 6 m,

Cat. no. 0408-2945.

or- 1 ZIP 4.0 (220/380 V) - 1 cutting torch length 6 m

Cat. no. W 000 050 271.

To order• Air-cooled 6 m torch:- CP 100 R Cat. no. 0408-2375• Air-cooled 15 m torch:- CP 100 R Cat. no. 0408-2407

2002

-511

7

2003

-089

+

1

2

3 4

5

2

9

1112

610

2001

-046

Distance cutting

1909

-002

115

Cha

pte

r 4

To order• Water-cooled 6 m torch:- Z 5.0 Cat. no.0408-9258• Water-cooled 15 m torch:- Z 5.0 Cat. no. 0408-9260


230 / 400 / 415 / 440 V 109 A (230 V) 6 bars 150 - 180 A at 100%50-60 Hz 60 A (415 V) 170 l/min. 150 - 230 V at 90% 1 170 x 710 x 1 200 mm 260 kg IP 23

three-phase

ZIP 5.0 with Z 5.0 torch and wear partsWork of high quality and large precision with contact cutting7 decisive advantages:• multi-voltage three-phase,• intensive work,• 100% duty cycle,• well suited for stainless steels

and light alloys with Ar/H2 up to 50 mm,

• plasma gouging,• assistance gas use possible to improve quality cutting

in large thickness,• manual or automatic applications.

Z 5.0 torch for drag cutting Maximum current at 100%: 150 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• Hafnium electrode• 1.8 nozzle• P Skirt• Electrode KeyPlasma gas: air, Nitrogen, Ar/H2

Cutting capacity:




• Wear parts:Torch body Cat. no. 0408-9203Electrode key Cat. no. 0409-1203Wrench Cat. no. 0408-9240

• Wear parts for distance cutting:Plunger tube Cat. no. 0409-1202 Argon Hydrogen electrode Cat. no. 0409-1206Air Compressed electrodeCat. no. 0409-1204Nozzle Diam 1.0 40 A Cat. no. 0408-1210Nozzle Diam 1.0 60 A Cat. no. 0409-1212Nozzle Diam 1.6 100 ACat. no. 0409-1216Nozzle Diam 1.8 150 ACat. no. 0409-1218P flat Skirt Cat. no. 0408-9178

• Wear parts for gouging (air, N2, Ar/Ar2):

Gouging nozzle Cat. no. 0408-9186C Conical skirt Cat. no. 0408-9179Nitrogen electrode Cat. no. 0409-1205Argon Hydrogen electrode Cat. no. 0409-1206

12

11

10

9

6

5

5

5

5

4

3

2

8

7

1

To order- 1 ZIP 5.0 three-phase 50/60 Hz,

Cat. no. 0408-2950.• Installations ready to use:- Installation pack air:

ZIP 5.0 with torch length 6 m,Cat. no. 0408-2955.

- Installation pack Ar/H2 and N2:ZIP 5.0 with torch length 6 m,Cat. no. 0408-2956.

+

2001

-089

Wrench

2001

-046

Electrode

Plungertube

78

2063

-005

Chapter 5Gas welding & cutting

117

Gas welding & cutting

2001

-096

3551

-033

1877

-052

BrazingThrough the heating action

of a torch flame, filler metal

(solder) is drawn into the annular

space of the joint.

This phenomenon results

from solder molecules being

attracted to the molecules

of the base metal in the parts

to be assembled.

Braze weldingBraze welding is used

to assemble two parts made

of the same or dissimilar types

of base metal, without melting

the base metal, using a filler metal

with a melting temperature

that is lower than that

of melting the base metals.

This is a gradual welding

operation where the filler metal

moves as welding progresses.

The technique is used to

assemble steel, galvanised steel,

copper, copper alloys

and to repair cast iron.

WeldingWelding consists of an assembly

operation in which the base metal

of the parts to assemble is heated

to coalescence to form the joint.

Depending on the thickness,

welding can be achieved

under conditions that may

or may not be welding

conditions, strictly speaking:

the hottest flame (3 150 °C),

the easiest to adjust,

the strongest per unit of area,

the most oxide-reducing,

can cause inclusions.

Choice of flame• Using a neutral flame (equal mixture of oxygen

and acetylene) is often preferable, especially when

assembling metals that oxidise easily at high

temperatures.

• Due to its chemical and thermal characteristics,

the oxy-acetylene flame offers the best compromise

between flexibility and performance.

• To achieve very high-quality brazing or braze welding,

depending on the flame adjustment, the flame can

easily be neutral.

• An oxy-propane or air-propane flame cannot be used

to obtain a reduction flame. It can be used only for

soft soldering.

Flame adjustment• For braze welding, only an oxy-acetylene flame

can be used. The flame should be adjusted so that

there is slightly more oxygen for bronze, brass

and galvanised steel.

• For others the flame should be neutral.

Heat source

Heat source

Solder running towards heat sourcer

Solder penetrated to end of inner tube

Copper

Oxy-acetylene flame

Primary flame

Reduction zone 3 100 °CCalorific value:• Oxy-propane flame = 2 830 °C• Air-propane flame = 1 950 °C

Streamer flame

Steel Steel Steel

SteelBROX

118

1 – Pressure regulatorMaintenance

A - Check threads to ensure

they are leaktight*.

B - Check pressure gauges.

C - Turn adjustment knob after

opening gas valve

and check that pressure rises

gradually.

Golden rules

• Never lubricate.

• SYMAP** recommends replacing pressure regulators

after no more than five years of service even

if they are still operating correctly.

2 - HosesMaintenance

Inspect the entire length of the

hose by bending it to make sure

it is in good condition. Check

for splits, cracking and swelling.

Golden rules

SYMAP** recommends replacing hoses after three years

of intensive use, otherwise once every five years..

3 – Quick-action couplingsMaintenance

D - Check that coupling

are securely fastened.

E - Check leaktightness*

in use at service pressure,

first with coupler secured,

then disconnected.

Golden rules

Always replace if an incident has occurred (crushing, damage)

or in case of malfunctioning (leak, pressure loss).

4 – FlashbackarrestorsThese are vital safety parts as

they prevent flame flashback

and gas mixture if the torch

malfunctions.

They must be placed as closely

as possible to the torch or be

built onto the handle.

Golden rules

• Always replace if flashback

or damage has occurred.

• SYMAP** recommends replacing flashback arrestors

after no more than three years of service, even if they are still

in good condition.

5 - TorchMaintenance

F - Check inlet connectors.

G - Check valves to ensure

they are leaktight*.

H - Check that nozzle or cutting

tip is in good condition

and check for any leakage.

Golden rules

SYMAP** recommends replacing

the torch after no more than five

years of service, even if it is still operating correctly.

ACETYLENE

bar

20

10 30

0

40

1ACETYLENE

bar

0,5

1,5

2

0 2,5

bar

20

10 30

0 40

ACETYLENE

bar

0,5

1 1,5

2

0 2,5

ACETYLENE

PYROSAF 400PYROSAF 400

Additional recommendations:• Secure the gas cylinders before use either at the workstation or on a suitable trolley.• Use appropriate personal safety equipment: goggles, gloves, apron.

Torch end

Gas flows through sintered filter Spring Valve open

1 - NORMAL OPERATIONGas flow opens valve

NORMAL DIRECTION OF GAS FLOW

Regulator end

Torch end

Sintered filter (flame arrestor) Valve closed(non-return action)

Spring

2 - TO PREVENT FLASHBACKShock wave closes valve Sintered filter stops flame

NORMAL DIRECTION OF GAS FLOW

Regulator end

A

C

A

B

F

H

G

1

2

3

4

5

* To check leaktightness, use our “BUBBLE” leak detector, Cat. no. W 000 010 963.

** SYMAP: Syndicat de la machine-outil du soudage (french association of welding companies)

D

E

Cha

pte

r 5

119

2004

-823

1794

-005

2004

-821

0327

-066

To orderFlowrate l/h nozzle kit

40** 7264-200863** 7264-2009

100** 7264-2010160** 7264-2011250** 7264-2012315** 7264-2013400** 7264-2014

100*** 7264-3057160*** 7264-3058250*** 7264-3059315*** 7264-3060400*** 7264-3061

To order

120

Designation

1 - VARIAL 00

For VARIAL 00 (acetylene*)

7214-160010to140

1Fixed hose tail Ø 6 mm

For all fine works:goldsmithing, dentaltechnics, modelmaking.

Integrated Flash back Arrestors

* tips for other gases available: consult us

2 - VARIAL 400 7264-340040to400

0.25 to 5M 12 x 100+ hose tail Ø 6 mm For all works

concerning welding, brazing and braze welding: car bodyworksrepair, boilermaking, maintenanceshops, plumbing...

3 - SPEEDFIRE S 7500-005063to400

0.5 to 4 Hose tailØ 6 mm

4 - PYROSAF 400 C 7264-3002

40to400

0.25 to 5 Hose tail Ø 6 mm

5 - PYROSAF 1000 C 7265-3001

250to1 000

2 to 12 Hose tail Ø 10 mm Boiler making,

ship construction,pipe works(heavy industry)...6 - PYROSAF

1000 B 7265-3000250to1 000

2 to 12M 16 x 150+ hose tail Ø 10 mm

Including set of tips and star

Flowratel/h

Weldingthickness mm

Inlet coupling

Applications

Innovation: SPEEDFIRE the SAF way

Welding blowpipes

Tips and nozzles for welding blowpipes

0111

-014

1237

-001

0111

-012

2001

-022

1794

-005

0327

-003

0327

-013

Nozzle

0111

-014

For PYROSAF 1000 C, PYROSAF 1000 B (acetylene*)

0327

-020

Star 250 to 1 000 l/hStar

40 to 400 l/h

0111

-012

0111

-012

For VARIAL 400, SPEEDFIRE S,PYROSAF 400 C (acetylene*)

NutM 12 x 125 R for deformable

nozzle.Cat. no.

7264-3055

1

2

3

4

5

6



250 7268-2013315 7268-2014400 7268-2015500 7268-2016630 7268-2017

1000 7268-2019

7268-2012kit AD 7 tips+ star


10 7214-201116 7214-201225 7214-201340 7214-201463 7214-2015

100 7214-2016140 7214-2017

7214-2018kit AD 6 tipsof 10 to 100 l/h)+ star

7268-2000kit AD 7 tips+ star

NozzleStar 10 to 100 l/h

• Easy to use, saving both gas and time. SPEEDFIRE enables you to achieve the correct settings immediately before turning on the gas by the use of setting ranges and indexes.

• No risk of burning, simple action, time saved.SPEEDFIRE both gases are turned on and ignited using only one control and one-handed operation.

• Time and gas savings.SPEEDFIRE has different controls for adjustment and igniting/extinguishing. The operator’s settings are retained and can be used again when the torch is next ignited.

Note that the SPEEDFIRE torch offers the expert user the same setting facilities as a traditional torch.

• Increased safety.SPEEDFIRE both gases can be tumed off instantly and smoothly using only one control and one-handled operation.

Deformablenozzle***Nozzle**

0327

-014

0327

-017

2001

-465

FBA

FBA

FBA

FBA

To order

To order To order

To order

121

Cha

pte

r 5

SPEEDFIRE ® Swelding blowpipe

SPEEDFIRE ® Ccutting torch

SPEEDFIRE ® Hheating torch

Designation

1 - PYROCOPT0 0679-2020 1.5 to 50M 12 x 100+ hose tail Ø 6 mm

Cutting of finesheet, plumbing,small works...

2 - PYROCOPT G17608-00017622-00017623-0001

3 to 300M 16 x 150+ hose tail Ø 10 mm

Worksites.

Maintenance,shops,boiler making,general steel construction.

3 - ALCOPT G1

4 - ALCOPT G1 C

7800-0001 3 to 300M 16 x 150+ hose tail Ø 10 mm

5 - SPEEDFIRECAcetylene

5 - SPEEDFIRECPropane

7800-00027800-0007 3 to 300

FBA withhose tailØ 10 mm

7500-00207500-0021

3 to 300FBA withhose tailØ 10 mm

7500-00237500-0025

Cuttingcapacitymm

100°

90°120°180°

90°

90°120°

G1 90°IC 90°

G1 90°IC 90°

Angle Coupling

360

550

450

450

500

Lengthmm

Applications

0327

-030

0111

-041

0111

-001

1202

-034

0111

-015

2001

-340

For PYROCOPT 0

Gauge Cuttingin mm thickness

in mmAcetylene0679-2005 5/10 1.5-100679-2006 10/10 5-250679-2018 15/10 25-50

Cutting nozzles for manual cutting torchesFor PYROCOPT G1, ALCOPT G1, ALCOPT G1 C and SPEEDFIRE C

Acetylene Tetrene Acetylene Tetrene7018-1688 7018-1628 7/10 3-10 7018-1590 7018-16077018-1689 7018-1629 10/10 10-25 7018-1591 7018-16087018-1690 7018-1630 12/10 25-50 7018-1592 7018-16097018-1691 7018-1631 16/10 50-80 7018-1593 7018-16107018-1692 7018-1632 20/10 80-120 7018-1594 7018-16117018-1693 7018-1633 25/10 120-200 7018-1595 7018-16127018-1694 7018-1634 30/10 200-300 7018-1596 7018-1613Propane Natural gas Propane 7018-1621 7018-1635 7/10 3-10 7018-1600 -7018-1622 7018-1636 10/10 10-25 7018-1601 -7018-1623 7018-1637 12/10 25-50 7018-1602 -7018-1624 7018-1638 16/10 50-80 7018-1603 -7018-1625 7018-1639 20/10 80-120 7018-1604 -7018-1626 7018-1640 25/10 120-200 7018-1605 -7018-1627 7018-1641 30/10 200-300 7018-1606 -

0327

-033

0327

-031

Manual cutting torches

1

2

3

4

5

Gaugein mm

Cuttingthicknessin mm

IC nozzlesG1 nozzles

Simplicity, safety, productivity.

3 decisive advantages:• preadjusted flowrates,• immediate ignition and extinction,• memory adjustment.

0327

-039

Integrated Flash back Arrestors

FBA

FBA

FBA

FBA

To order

To order

To order

To order

Designation

1 - VARIALG2 7270-0024 1 200to3 000

M 16 x 150+ hose tailsØ 10 mm

Brazing of large workpieces, highly localised heating,shaping.

2 - SPEEDFIRE H 7500-00301 500to6 200

M 16 x 150+ hose tailsØ 10 mm

Heat shrink, heattreatment, descaling,preheating and shaping.

Flowratel/h

AcetyleneorPropaneTetrene

Propane

Gas Inletcoupling

650

1 050

Length mm Applications

Heating torches

0111

-036

0327

-053

0968-7200

0968-716017 NF-F

0968-7201

0968-71611.2 NF-H

Flowrate in Nm3/h

1-standard

1-standard

2-withprotection

2-withprotection

Type

Oxygen

Acetylene

Gas

200

25

Cylinder Max outletpressure

in bar

10

1.5

Inletconnection

M 16 x 150 R+ hose tails Ø 6 mm

M 16 x 150 L+ hose tails Ø 6 mm

Outletconnection

Pressure regulatorsOXYJUNIOR regulator with membrane, light weight, ideal for portable cylinders type OXYFLAM, ROLLERFLAM.(conform to ISO EN 2503)

Designation Gas Flowrate Threadin l/h

1- Tips forSingle flame Propane

0679-0039 1 200VARIAL G2

Tetrene 0679-0040 1 5000679-0041 1 800

Female Propane 0653-0152 3 500 M 14 x 150

Multiflame7383-0011 1 250

Acetylene 7383-0012 2 0007383-0013 3 150

Tips for heating torches

0327

-054

0327

-024

0327

-027

Designation Gas Flowrate Threadin l/h

2- Tips for 7501-0012 1 500 toSPEEDFIRE H 2 700

Propane 7501-0013 2 000 to Female4 500 1/2 x 25

7501-0014 3 000 to UNS6 200

2000

-336

0111

-018

0111

-011


2

1

1

2

1

201

09-0

22

Standard

With protection

Pressure in bar

Cylinder Outlet

122

To order

To order

To order

123

Cha

pte

r 5

0964-10040964-1000

1540 NF-F

0964-10010964-1005

0964-1051

0964-10600964-1061

0964-10700964-1071

0964-1030

0964-1040

6

40

1540

45120

10

10

NF-HNF-A (stirup)

NF-B

NF-C

NF-E

NF-E

NF-H

Flow-rateNm3/h

1 - Oxygen

1 - Acetylene

1 -Compressedair

1 -Neutral gas

1 - Hydrogen

2 - Propane

2 - Tetrene

Gas

200

25

200

200

200

25

25

410

1.5

10

410

410

4

4

Inlet connection








Outlet connection

EUROSAF regulator B 20 and B 50 for cylindersFor industrial applications with B 20 and B 50 cylinders. Integrated and non accessible valve. State of origin is guaranteed by asealing sticking label. End of piston stroke limits the adjusting range. Pressure regulator adjusting knob which cannot beremoved. Security pressure gauges (in case of overload there won’t be any ejected parts).

2962-18522962-1802

1540 NF-F

2982-16012982-1602

2962-1604

6

6

NF-HNF-A (stirup)

NF-E

Flow-rateNm3/h

Oxygen

Acetylene

Propane

Gas

200

25

25

410

1.5

1.5

Inlet connection




Outlet connection

1877

-014

0327

-066

Armoured regulator for B 20 and B 50 cylindersMANOBLOC 3: especially manufactured for worksite application. Ruggedness due to anti-shock protection.End of piston stroke limits the adjustment range. Adjusting knob which cannot be removed. Security valve.

EUROSAF B conform ISO EN 2503: recommended for worksite applications. Ruggedness due to anti-shock protection. End of piston stroke limits the adjustment range. State of origin is guaranteed by a sealing sticking label. Adjusting knob which cannot be removed. Integrated security valve not accessible.

0965-10040965-1000

1540 NF-F

0965-1001

0965-1030

0965-1061

6

10

40

NF-H

NF-E

NF-C

Flow-rateNm3/h

Oxygen

Acetylene

Propane

Neutral gas

Gas

200

25

25

200

410

1.5

4

10

Inlet connection





Outlet connection

1160

-067

0876

-040

1

2

Pressure in bar

Cylinder Outlet

Pressure in bar

Cylinder Outlet

Pressure in bar

Cylinder Outlet

To order

To order

124

0964-1081

0964-1080

40 (MIG)

25 (TIG)

NF-C

2962-1851 30

Outletconnec-tion

1- EUROSAFConform to ISO EN 2503

1- EUROSAF BConform to ISO EN 2503

3- MANOBLOC 3

Designation

200

Flowrateinl/min

M 12 x

100 R

Inletconnec-tion

Pressure regulator withpiston for applicationswith B 20 and B 50cylinders. Integratedand non accessiblevalve.

Ruggedness due toanti-shock protection.End of piston strokelimits the adjustmentrange. State of origin.Adjusting knob which cannot beremoved.Security valve

Ruggedness due toanti-shock protection.End of piston strokelimits the adjustmentrange. Adjusting knob State of origin is guaranteed by a security stamp andan inviolable ring.

Characteristics

0964-1081

0964-1080

40 (MIG)

25 (TIG)

Pressure regulator / manoflowmeter (continuous adjustment)

Recommended for the regulation and adjustment of the gasflow, argon and mixtures,especially for the MIG and TIG applications.

0876

-050

2565

-049

0876

-046

0961-1015

0961-1025

15 (TIG)

25 (MIG)

M 17 gas

to bebrazed on pipe 8 x 10

NF-C

0998-0001

0965-1080

0965-1081

2962-1851

-

15 (TIG)and

25 (MIG)

25 (MIG)

15 (TIG)

Flowrateinl/min

4- QUICKFLOW

5- Support Valve

6- QUICKFLOW D

7- DoubleQUICKFLOW 15-25

Designation

3

200

Cylinderpressurein bar

Inletconnec-tion

M 12 x100

F 17 gas

M 12 x100

Outletconnec-tion

Flow regulator for pipe network. To be mounted on support valve.

Flow regulator for pipe network.Support valve for the above connectionof QUICKFLOW.

Cylinder pressureregulator withmanoflowmeter.

Cylinder pressureregulator withmanoflowmeter withtwo outlet connections

Characteristics

QUICKFLOW pressure regulator / flowmeter (preadjusted settings)Precise, simple and easy adjustment of welding shielding gas flowrate for MIG-MAG and TIG.• For TIG welding, adjustment: 0 / 3 / 5 / 7 / 9 / 12 and 15 l/min • For MIG welding, adjustment: 0 / 12 / 15 / 18 / 20 / 22 and 25 l/min

2002

-475

2002

-013

2002

-476


1

2

3

4

6

7

5

Cylinderpressure in bar

To order

To order

125

Cha

pte

r 5

0450-3000

0450-2050

0450-2090

0450-0098

1- Welding set 0

2- Welding set 0 Compact / OXYJUNIOR

3- Welding set 0 Compact / EUROSAF

4- TIPTOP Welding set 0 Compact

Designation

• 1 OXYJUNIOR 5 acetylene and oxygen pressure regulator,• 1 VARIAL 400 welding blowpipe,• 5 m acetylene and oxygen hose Ø 6.3 mm,• 1 acetylene and oxygen SECURTOP flash back arrester,• 4 clips Ø 6 mm and goggles shade 5.

• 1 EUROSAF acetylene and oxygen pressure regulator,• 1 PYROSAF400 COMPACT welding blowpipe

with built-in flash back arrestor,• 5 m acetylene and oxygen hose Ø 6.3 mm,• 1 hose coupling Ø 6 mm - 16 x 150 R,• 1 hose coupling - 16 x 150 L, • 1 goggles shade 5.

• 1 PYROSAF 400 COMPACT welding blowpipe with built-in flash back arrestor,

• 5 m acetylene and oxygen hose Ø 6.3 mm,• 1 goggles shade 5.

Composition

Sets

SAF manual flame sets are supplied fully assembled. You simply connect them up by fastening screw-type connectors or quick-action couplings.

0111

-022

0111

-023

3551

-043

ALTOP/MINITOP

cylinder

industrial

cylinder

Smallcylinder

Smallcylinder

0111

-023

0608

-004

0451-0009

0451-0010

0451-0003

0451-0012

0451-0013

0704-0520

0704-0550

0704-0508

0704-0509

5- OXYFLAM prodige rack

6- EquippedOXYFLAM prodige rack

7- OXYFLAM trolley

8- ROLLERFLAMtrolley

EquippedROLLERFLAMtrolley

9- B 20 trolley

10- B 50 trolley

11- B 50 Safety trolley

Designation

• trolley,• oxygen cylinder (1 m3),• acetylene cylinder (0.8 m3).

• welding set 0 - Cat. no. 0450-3000,• OXYFLAM prodige trolley - Cat. no. 0451-0009.

-

• trolley,• oxygen cylinder (2.3 m3),• acetylene cylinder (1.6 m3).

• welding set COMPACT 0 - Cat. no. 0450-2050,• ROLLERFLAM trolley - Cat. no. 0451-0012.

• trolley for oxygen cylinder (4 ou 3 m3) andfor acetylene cylinder (2 or 3 m3 ).

• trolley for oxygen cylinder (10 m3),• trolley, for acetylene cylinder (4 or 6 m3).

• trolley for oxygen/acetylene cylinder,

• trolley for oxy/propane cylinder.

Composition

Trolleys for gas cylinders

2002

-354

2002

-353

0264

-052

2002

-350

2002

-355

2002

-359

1

2

3

4

56

7

10

8

11

9

2002

-363

• 1 OXYJUNIOR 5 acetylene and oxygen pressure regulator with protection,

• 1 PYROSAF 400 COMPact welding blowpipe with built-in flash back arrestor,

• 5 m acetylene and oxygen hose Ø 6.3 mm, • 4 clips Ø 6 mm and goggles shade 5.

Patented model

with sliding support.

Offer a perfect stability,

an excellent handiness

and a very good balance.

To order

To order

To order

To order

126

10W 000 010 058W 000 010 059W 000 010 052-

20

10

20

W 000 010 066W 000 010 067--

W 000 010 077

W 000 010 054

Operating pressure bar

Coil (20 m)

Simple hose Ø 6.3 mm• Acetylene• Oxygen• Propane• Argon / neutral gas

Simple hose Ø 10 mm• Acetylene• Oxygen• mixte acetylene/GPL• Argon / neutral gas

Twin hoses Ø 6.3 mm• Oxygen / acetylene

Twin hoses Ø 10 mm• Oxygen / acetylene

Designation

W 000 010 060W 000 010 061W 000 010 062W 000 010 072

W 000 010 068W 000 010 069W 000 010 071W 000 010 073

W 000 010 063

W 000 010 070

Coil (40 m)

Hoses conform to EN 559 standardThe date indicated on the hose is the date of manufacture.

0876

-071

1806

-071

6.3

25

10

6.3

10

Ø mm Length in cm

0450-1058

0450-1059

0450-1060

0450-1061

1- Two hoses oxygen and acetylen fitted with:• at one end SECURTOP (FBA)

for connection to blowpipe or torch• at the other end QUICKMATIC male

quick action coupling

2- Two hoses oxygen and acetylen fitted with:• at one end a clip for connection

to hose tail of blowpipe or torchwith integrated FBA

• at the other end QUICKMATIC malequick action coupling

Designation

VARIAL 400PYROCOPT 0

PYROSAF 1000 BPYROCOPT G1ALCOPT G1

PYROSAF 400 CSPEEDFIRE S

PYROSAF 1000 CALCOPT G1 CSPEEDFIRE C

Destination

HandlesTwo hoses with double clips, fitted with SECURTOP to torches and fitted with QUICKMATIC male coupling at the other end.

0327

-084

0327

-087

610

10

610

10

Ø hosein mm

1 200

4 000

5 000

20 000

Flowratein l/h

0.5 to 1.5

1 to 1.5

1.5 to 4

4 to 10

Pressurein bar

Acetylene,propane welding

Acetylene,propane cutting

Oxygen welding

Oxygen cutting

Gas

0712-1644

0712-1645

0712-1646

0712-1647

1020

20

1020

20

Max hose length in m

femalenutM 16x 150 L

femalenutM 16x 150 R

Inlet

maleM 16x 150 L

maleM 16x 150 R

Outlet

Connection

Automatic gas shut off device SECURISTOPConnection on the pressure regulator outlet. Cut automatically the gas in the event of rupture of the hoses. Do not exceed the maximum flow lengths indicated.

1275

-038

10 100

Ø mm Length in cm

0450-1072Inlet QUICKATIC femaleOutlet union nuts M 16 x 150

Designation

Hose setsTwo hoses with double clips, fitted with LORMATIC female coupling at one endand fitted with union nuts M 16 x 150 at the other end.

0327

-083


1

2

To order

To order

To order

To order

127

Cha

pte

r 5

-

-

-

0712-9009

0712-9005

0712-2005

femalle M 12 x 100 R

femaleM 12 x 100 R

femaleM 12 x 100 R

femaleM 12 x 100 L

femaleM 12 x 100 L

femaleM 12 x 100 L

fuel Outletconnection

0712-9008

0712-9004

0712-2004

-

-

-

oxygen

SECURTOPVARIAL 400PYROCOPT 0

SECURTOPPYROSAF 1000 BPYROCOPT G1ALCOPT G1

SECURTOPPYROSAF 1000 BPYROCOPT G1ALCOPT G1

Designation

hose Ø 6 mm

hose Ø 10 mm

hose Ø 10 mm

hose Ø 6 mm

hose Ø 10 mm

hose Ø 10 mm

Inletconnection


oxygenDesignation Inletconnection





Flash back-arrestors

Connection on the torch

0876-058

2004-430/431

0712-20010712-2000SECURTOPHoses Ø 6 and 10 mm

Hose Ø 6 and 10 mm

Connection between hoses

0876-060

-

0712-1491

-

0712-1487

0712-1490

-

0712-1486

-

SECURISAFclassical

SECURISAFthermal

femaleM 16 x 150 R

femaleM 16 x 150 L

maleM 16 x 150 R

maleM 16 x 150 L

femaleM 16 x 150 R

femaleM 16 x 150 L

maleM 16 x 150 R

maleM 16 x 150 L

Designed to be connected on pressure regulator. They are 2 SECURISAF types:• SECURISAF classical • SECURISAF thermal are delivered with thermics security which melts in the event of flash back and releases a valve which stops the output of gas.

0876

-061

0712-15060712-1505

SECURISAFLORMATIC female Hoses amont Ø 10 mm

Hose Ø 10 mm

LORMATIC female

Connection on LORMATIC coupling

Connection on pressure regulator

1237-013

2004-430/431

To order

To order

To order

To order

W 000 011 002 W 000 011 005

W 000 011 004

W 000 011 006

W 000 011 001

W 000 011 003

Femalecoupling

6 and 10

6 and 10

4

Ø hose (mm)

1 - fuel gases

2 - oxygen

3 - neutral gases (argon...)

QUICKMATIC Male coupling

QUICKMATIC quick action coupling (auto-closes up)


0799-1299

0799-1300

0799-1297

0799-1298

Femalecoupling

6

6

10

10

Ø hose (mm)

7 - oxygen

8 - fuel gases

Designation

0799-1303

0799-1304

0799-1301

0799-1302

Male coupling

LOR coupling

1237-021 1237-024

W 000 011 008

W 000 011 007W 000 011 010

W 000 011 009

W 000 011 012

W 000 011 011

Female coupling

6 and 10

6 and 10

4

Ø hose (mm)

M 16 x 150 L

12 x 100 R

M 16 x 150 R

3/8” R

1/4” R

3/8” L

Thread Cat. no. Cat. no.

4 - fuel gases

5 - oxygen

6 - neutral gas(argon...)

QUICKMATIC

W 000 011 005

W 000 011 004

W 000 011 006

Male coupling

2004-820

7001-5506

7001-5510

6

10

Ø hose (mm)

TIPTOP

Designation

TIPTOP couplingConnection without tool of the gas hose thread M16 x 150 on pressureregulator’s outlet or ALTOP and MINITOP cylinders.

QUICK ARGON coupling

Quick coupling without tool of the gas hose for ALTOP cylinder neutral gas.Cat. no. 7003-0003

Exists also in kit Cat no. W 000 011 017 composed with a pair of male+femalecouplings for oxygen and a pair of male+female couplings for fuel gases.

2000

-119

Hose Ø 6 mm

Female 12 x 150 12 x 150

Female thread 1/4”

Connection on pressure regulator


Connection on ALTOP, MINITOP cylinders and standard pressure regulators

Connection on ALTOP cylinder for neutral gas

2002-004

1

2

3

5

6

4

7

8


128

The QUICKMATIC quick action coupling (with auto-closes up) are flame accssories to bemounted between hoses or at the outlet fitting of pressure regulators. The female part of theQUICKMATIC is always in the upper part of thegas flow. The QUICKMATIC’s female part allows:• locking during operation• automatic stop of the gas flow when uncoupling(auto-closes up coupling)

Conforms to the ISO 7289 standard

2004-819

To order

To order

To order

To order

To order

129

Cha

pte

r 5

6

6

6

6

10

10

Ø hose (mm)

12 x 100 R

12 x 100 L

16 x 150 R

16 x 150 L

16 x 150 R

16 x 150 L

Threadtype

7001-2017

7001-2018

7001-2019

7001-2020

7001-2021

7001-2022

“2” clips

single clip

hosegathering clip

Type of clips

6

10

6

10

6

10

Ø hose(mm)

7001-2013

7001-2014

7001-2035

7001-2034

0802-0159

0802-0160

1 - Hose tail 2 - Clips

3 - Hose nipple 4 - double male threaded coupling

Hose tail and clips

0950

-019

1160

-015

Accessories

6 x 6

6 x 10

10 x 10

Ø of 2 hoses(mm)

0803-0014

0803-0003

0803-0004

M 16 x 150 R

M 16 x 150 L

Thread

oxygen

acetylene

Gas

0729-0103

0729-0104

Hose nippleand double male coupling

0327

-079

0327

-081

1237-032

OxygenNeutral gas

AcetyleneFuel gas

Gas

M 16 x 150 R

M 16 x 150 L

Inlet connection

M 16 x 150 R+ hose tail Ø 10 mm

M 16 x 150 L+ hose tail Ø 10 mm

Outlet connection

0803-0121

0803-0122

Twin low pressure outlet connection for pressure regulator

0876

-081

1237

-033

0876

-066

0876

-066

0327

-090

1 - Tip cleaners• Set of 4 - Cat. no. 0400-0509• Set of 12 - Cat. no. 0400-0084

2 - Mirror with magnetic fixationCat. no. W 000 010 557

3 - Spark lighter. Supplied with flintsCat. no. 0613-0103

4 - ECO 73 economiser (hose tail Ø 10 mm)• Acetylene - Cat. no. 2482-0307• Butane, tetrene and propane.

Cat. no. 0612-0003The ECO 73 economiser is placed on a work station between the pressure regulator and the torch. It enables the torch to be stopped and restarted without modifying the operation settings. An incorporated by-passassures an instant relighting of the torch.

5 - Thermic protection• aluminized kaolin.

dimensions 200 x 250 mm. Cat. no. 0002-0013.

6 - Cutting guide• Roller type cutting guide with manual lead.

Cat. no. 4672-1503• For G1 and IC cutting torches.• Right-angle or bevel cuts:

- straight, - curved, - circular (100-700 mm Ø).

• Delivered with two hose tails Ø 15 and 17 mm.

7 - Welding table• Worksurface 650 x 450 mm,

height 800 mm . Cat. no. 0090-0100.

8 - Hose reels• Ø 6.3 mm

Cat. no 0410-0393 equipped:double oxygen/acetylene hoses Ø 6.3 mm conform to EN 559 standard, 10 m length, equipped with two handles 1 m length, Ø 6.3 mm for connection with network, weight: 15 kg.

• Ø 10 mmCat. no. 0410-0394 equipped: double oxygen/acetylene Ø 10 mm,conform to EN 559 standard, 15 m length, equipped with two handles, 1 m length,Ø 10 mm for connection with network,weight: 28 kg.

• Pivoting groundwork, floor mounting: is appropriate for the above devices.Cat. no. 0410-0395.

1

3

4

2

1

2

46

8

7

5

3

All positions:

1311

-081

0876

-070

1237

-039

1237

-038

1237

-037

To order

Gas distribution

1 - Semi-automatic pressure regulationThis panel enables continuous supply to a distribution panel pipeline fromtwo gas supplies alternatively "in service" and "in reserve". This type of installation guarantees efficient emptyingof the gas cylinders of both supplies.

Gas Max. and pressure flowrate

Ox/neutral gas 4 bar 10 m3/h 1025-1910• Small installation

Ox/neutral gas 10 bar 25 m3/h 1025-1911AD 1.5 bar 5 m3/h 1025-1909

• Medium installation Ox/neutral gas 10 bar 70 m3/h 1025-1902AD 1.5 bar 10 m3/h 1025-1900

0876

-054

2 - Panels

• Double panelCat. no. 0691-0001The double panel is for feeding welding blowpipes, heating torches (gasflow up to 4000 l/h) and cutting torches (thickness up to 200 mm)

The double panel contains:• 1 oxygen single feeder station 10 bar,• 1 fuel gas single feeder station 1.5 bar,• 1 flash back arrestor (oxygen),• 1 flash back arrestor (fuel gas),• 1 QUICKMATIC female and male Ø 10 mm (oxygen),• 1 QUICKMATIC female and male Ø 10 mm ( fuel gas),• 1 blue plastic coated sheet metal enclosure,• quarter turn valves OX and AD with unions.

• Triple panelCat. no. 0691-0002The triple panel is for supplying oxycutting machines which don't have anypressure regulator incorporated and are supplied with a triple feeding (heating oxygen, cutting oxygen and fuel gas).

The triple panel contains:• 1 oxygen single feeder station 10 bars,• 1 heating oxygen single feeder station 4 bars,• 1 combustible gas single feeder station 1.5 bar,• 1 flash back arrestor for heating oxygen,• 1 flash back arrestor for fuel gas,• 2 LORMATIC female and male Ø 10 mm (oxygen),• 1 LORMATIC female and male Ø 10 mm (fuel gas),• 1 blue plastic coated sheet metal enclosure,• quarter turn valves OX and AD with unions.

2002

-367

2002

-372


1

2

130

To orderSCREW-ON VALVES

Tube Oxygen (blue) Fuel gas (red)12 x 17 (3/8”) 0022-1660 0022-166115 x 21 (1/2”) 0022-1663 0022-1664

WELD-ON-VALVES

Tube Oxygen (blue) Fuel gas (red)12 x 17 (3/8”) - 0022-167115 x 21 (1/2”) 0022-1673 -20 x 27 (3/4”) 0022-1676 0022-167726 x 34 (1”) 0022-1679 0022-1680

To order

OX OXAD

AD

Nitrogenforsecurity

131

Cha

pte

r 5

3 - Single feeder stationThe single feeder station contains:• one quarter turn valve with LH 3/8" threaded connector,• 1 LH 3/8" male/female union,• 1 set of 12 x 17 (3/8") steel piping with purge well,• 1 in-line pressure regulator with 63 mm diameter brass pressure gauge

and M 16 x 150 output connector with union and hose tail for Ø 10 mm hose.

Using SECURISAF flash back arrestors:• oxygen 0712-1500• fuel gas 0712-1501

0327

-094

Oxygenor neutralgas

Fuel gases

Gas

4

10

1.5

4

Maximum outletpressure in bar

6

16

2.5

6

Pressure gaugegraduation in bar

25 oxygen

95 oxygen

10 acetylene

20 propane

Flowratem3/h

0691-0603

0691-0605

0691-0607

0691-0609

3

4

4

3

2

2

1

1

0876

-052

0876

-052

4 - In-line valves4

Chapter 6Welder’s protection, accessories,extraction and treatment of fumes

2063

-006

133

SAF offers a wide range of personal protective equipment selectedfor the welder and his environment. Welder’s personal protectiveequipment from SAF combine safety, quality and comfort for anywelding application: oxy-acetylene welding/cutting, plasma cutting,arc welding, TIG, MIG/MAG and others.

134

Welder personal protective equip

2000

-489

HEAD PROTECTION

SAF protective headgear includes:

* hand-held masks,

* conventional face masks,

* liquid crystal masks.

All masks comply with European

standard EN 175 (Filters for eye

protectors used in welding

and similar operations).

EYE PROTECTION

Choice criteria: goggles are mainlyused to protect yours eyes againstlight produced by flame welding or cutting or against mechanicalattack (grinding f.e.). Then the design or the habit makethe difference:• PILOT range with round glasses• CLASSIC range• FASHION range• MASKSVerify that the product are conformwith the EN standard (CE markingmandatory). Main EN Standards are EN 166 for basic conditions, EN 169 for welding filters, EN 170 for UV filters, EN 171 for IR filters and EN 172 for solar filters.

• UV filters: type of filter codification

2 or 3, graduation 1.2 to 5,

• IR filters: type of filter codification

4, graduation 1.2 to 10,

• solar filters: type of filter codification

5 or 6, graduation 1.1 to 4.1,

• welding filters: type of filter

codification 3 or 7, graduation 3

to 16 (welding assistant 1.3, flame

welding 3 to 5, oxy-cutting 5 to 7,

arc welding >7).

EAR PROTECTION

State regulations define

the obligations of employers

with regards to noise protection.

Employers are legally obliged

to provide personal protection

to workers exposed to sound

levels higher than 85 dBA/day

or peak levels of 135 dB.

The employer must also set up a

program providing collective safety

measures. To help in this task, SAF

has chosen a range of personal

and collective safety equipment

adapted to the specific needs

of the welder and the welding

environment that comply with:

• EN 352-1

(Hearing protectors - ear muffs),

• and EN 352-2

(Hearing protectors - ear plugs).

CAUTION:

For all welding

or cutting

applications,

SAF strongly

recommends

using eye

protection

that complies

with

EN 169

or EN 379

for protection

from harmful

electric arc

radiation.

0254

-040

SAF has selected personal protective equipment that complies with regulations and standards applicable to welder safety, to offerthe best possible protection.

Cha

pte

r 6

135

ment

Welding gloves standards

A- Abrasion resistance from 0 to 5

B- Blade cut resistance from 0 to 4

C- Tear resistance from 0 to 4

D- Puncture resistance from 0 to 4

A- Burning resistance from 1 to 4

B- Contact heat resistance from 1 to 4

C- Convective heat resistance from 1 to 4

D- Radiant heat resistance from 1 to 4

E- Resistance to small splashes of molten metal from 1 to 4

F- Resistance to large splashes of molten metal from 1 to 4

ABCD

ABCDEF

EN 388 relativeto mechanical properties

EN 407 relative to thermalproperties

BODY PROTECTION

Standard EN 340

defines the general

requirements that

must be met

for any garment

to bear the CE mark (ergonomics,

wear, size, marking,

manufacturer’s information).

In addition to the CE mark,

a garment may also comply

with other European standards

depending on its use.

Welding garments are also

covered by European standard

EN 470-1.

Standard EN 340

relative to protective clothing

worn during welding stipulates

several requirements.

Clothing complying with EN 470-1

does not conduct electricity

from the outside to the inside;

metal fasteners are not used,

or are covered. Outside pockets

must be avoided or placed

at an angle or designed with

a flap to prevent ingress of molten

particles. In general, clothing

that complies with EN 470-1

meets certain requirements

in terms of tensile strength,

tear resistance, flame spread,

and molten metal splash.

HAND PROTECTION

Hands are undoubtedly the most

exposed part of the body

and can be the least protected

due to lack of appropriate

equipment or negligence.

Nearly 40% of work-related

accidents leading to absence

involve the hands and upper limbs.

Well aware of this problem,

SAF has selected a range

of welding gloves appropriate

for various applications,

combining performance,

protection and optimum comfort

for welders’ hands.

Welding gloves standards

Standard EN 420 defines

the general requirements for gloves

(dexterity, safeness, pH, chrome

content, size).

All EC-certified gloves meet these

requirements.

In addition to the CE mark,

a pictogram may also indicate that

the glove has been subjected

to additional tests by a certified

laboratory according to European

standards.Welding gloves are generally

subject to two specific standards,

which evaluate the product

performance level after several

tests. The higher the number,

the better the product performed

in testing; an X means that the

glove was not subjected to the test.

Welder’s protection

136

EUROLUX JETWith EUROLUX JET, you

benefit from an extremely

modular design, with 16

possible combinations.

EUROLUX JET can be

adapted to all possible

applications.

• Passive filter protection

with a large variety of fields

of vision and protective tints:

EUROLUX JET

Silver PROTANE®.

• High-comfort

electro-optical models

with fixed or variable tint:

EUROLUX JET PROTANE®

Electronic.

• High-performance models

with assisted ventilation

filtering system:

EUROLUX JET Cool.

With EUROLUX JET, you can

benefit from a diversified set of

masks perfectly adapted to the

specific requirements

of each welder,

with a common

and limited

spare parts kit! B

1

2

3

4

5

6

A

HEAD PROTECTION

2001

-281

2001

-275

2001

-239

2001

-238

2001

-241

2001

-233

2001

-237

2001

-235

137

Cha

pte

r 6

• Versions available with basic Cool unit

Basic Cartridges Maskmask PROTANE® Electronic package

First cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET First 108 x 51 mm 0082-0568 0082-0589First Flip-up cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET First flip-up

EUROLUX 0082-0569 0082-0590JET (bare) Fixe cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Fixe 110 x 90 mm 0082-0560 0082-0570 0082-0591

Variable cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX Variable 110 x 90 mm 0082-0571 0082-0592

EUROLUX JET • Passive filters

SILVER PROTANE®

Shade 11The mirror-finish PROTANE filterreflects 70% of the thermal raysresponsible for the heat. Combined with the EUROLUX JETmask, they provide optimal facialprotection for welders.

• With PROTANE®

ELECTRONIC filterPROTANE© Electronic electro-opticalfilters ensure optimal ocular safetyand protection for welders. Thesesolar-powered liquid crystal filters arealways ready for use and darken onexposure to arc light. When clear(undarkened), they provide protectionagainst ultraviolet and infrared lightrays (minimum protection level: 13).

EUROLUX JET CoolThe EUROLUX JET Cool maskprovides even greater comfort and safety. Filtered air is blowndirectly into the mask to stop fumes getting inside.

Cool unit characteristics

• Protection type TH P2 SL.• Basic cool unit up to standard

EN 146.• Basic cool unit with alarm up to

standard EN 12941.• 8 hours battery life.• Filtration surface (fine filter):

1720 cm2 + pre-filter.• Ventilation flow rate: 140 m3/h.

Basic Cartridges Maskmask SILVER PROTANE® package

Flip-up cartridge 105 x 50 mm EUROLUX JET flip-up T11 0082-0565 0082-0586Cartridge 133 x 114 mm EUROLUX JET T11 -133 x 114 mm

EUROLUX 0082-0567 0082-0588JET (bare)0082-0560

1

2A

3

4

5

6

A

• Versions available with Cool unit with alarm

• Versions with passive filters

• Versions with electronic filters

Basic Maskmask Cartridges package

T11 Flip-up cartridge EUROLUX JET Cool T11 Flip-up 0082-0565 0082-0640First cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First

EUROLUX 0082-0568 0082-0641JET Cool (bare) First flip-up cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First Flip-up 0082-0561 0082-0569 0082-0642+ Cooling unit Fixe cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Cool Fixe 110 x 90 with alarm 0082-0570 0082-06430082-0563 Variable cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX Variable 110 x 90 mm

0082-0571 0082-0644

Basic Maskmask Cartridges package

Flip-up cartridge T11 EUROLUX JET Cool T11 Flip-up 0082-0565 0082-0593First cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First

EUROLUX 0082-0568 0082-0594JET Cool (bare) First flip-up cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First Flip-up 0082-0561 0082-0569 0082-0595+ Cooling unit Fixe cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Cool Fixe 110 x 90 0082-0562 0082-0570 0082-0596

Variable cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Cool Variable0082-0571 0082-0597

1

3

4

5

6

B

1

3

4

5

6

B

Main characteristics of PROTANE© Electronic filters:Variable Fixe First

Tint when clear DIN 4 DIN 3 DIN 3Tint when dark Adjustable from DIN 9 to 13 DIN 10.5 DIN 10.5Field of vision 98 x 47 mm (4 606 mm2) 98 x 47 mm (4 606 mm2) 92 x 35 mm (3 220 mm2)Obscuration speed 0.5 ms (at 23 °C ) 0.5 ms (at 23 °C ) 0.5 ms (at 23 °C )Clearing time Adjustable from 0.1to 1.0 sec 0.2 sec 0.2 secSensitivity adjustment Yes No NoOptical sensors 2 2 2Power supply Solar cells Solar cells Solar cellsOptical class 1 / 2 / 1 1 / 2 / 1 1 / 1 / 1Warranty 2 year 2 year 2 year

138


1

Chameleon mask

• Helmets are self darkening masks equipped with a fixed liquid crystal cell for

the F type (DIN 3/11) and a variable one for the V type (DIN 4/9-13). Very light,

this high technology helmets are sold with an adjustable headgear.

• Helmets are in accordance with the EEC 89/686 instructions and with

the European EN 195 & EN 379 standards.

HEAD PROTECTION

• Light-weight.

• Not recommended for high current welding.

• Delivered with headgear, window 105 x 50 mm lens shade 11

and anti-stick screen.

5

Vulcanised fibre helmet

2004

-441

0254

-054

To order

Description Net Type of cell Reaction time Fieldweight in sec. of vision

1 - CHAMELEON F W 000 010 624 406 g Fixed Light-Dark: 1/3600 94 x 35 mm DIN 3/11 Dark-light: 0.1 (3.70” x 1.37”)

2 - CHAMELEON V W 000 010 625 510 g Variable Light-Dark: 1/16000 97 x 47 mmDIN 4/9-13 Dark-light: 0.1 (3.81” x 1.85”)

1 2

• Delivered with window 105 x 50 mm, lens shade 11 and clear lens.

1415

-024

0947

-077

To order

Description Net weight Characteristics

1 - SUPER 0082-0016 550 g • Fibre glass reinforced polyester maskAIGLON • Inside handle.

2 - SUPER 0081-0004 570 g • Fibre glass reinforced polyester maskECLIPSE • Sliding window.

3 4

Fibreglass reinforcedpolyester helmet with protane lens

• Heat (170 °C) and humidity resistant,

• Delivered with headgear, single window 105 x 50 mm, lens shade 11

and anti-stick screen.

0947

-082

0950

-069

To order


3 - EUROMASK R 0082-0001 410 gThe simplest and most light-weightwelding helmet.

4 - SUPER ROBUR 0082-0044 460 g Simple, suitable for all arc processes.

To order


5 - SUPER ROBUR0082-0069 300 g

The simplest and mostfibre light-weight.

2 2004

-282

139

Cha

pte

r 6

1

3

Accessories for polyester and vulcanised fibre masks

2

0254

-051

1909

-060

1198

-022

To order

Description Characteristics

1 - Standard 0082-0107 Polyamid, reinforced rack,headgear removable forehead foam

padding strip.2 - Sweat band 0082-0109 Foam band.

3 - Leather bib 0082-0085 Can be used with all balaclavas, for balaclavas neck protection against arc radation,

Natural grain leather, fixing by way of an adhesive strip.

To order

Designation Weight Characteristics

4 - PROMASK 0082-3015 430 g Integral face and neck protection.

5 - MINI PROMASK 0082-3016 400 g Easy movement with head.6 - Headgear 0082-3017 -

PROMASK

4

HelmetsThermoplastic(nylon PA6 with 15% fibre glass)• Light-weight, water, flame,

radiant heat (to 180 °C) resistant.

• Robustness.

• Liftable window enabling to protection

of the face during slag chipping.

• Delivered with headgear with rack,

window 105 x 50 mm,

lens shade 10.

To order

Designation Weight Characteristics

7 - Wallet helmet 0084-0002 120 g Grain leather, can be folded to wallet size8 - Leather helmet 0084-0004 100 g Grain leather, small size9 - Leather helmet 0084-0005 250 g Natural grain leather, liftable window,

with visor foam lining at forehead and cheekbone level.

7 8 9

Leather helmets • The ideal helmets for supervisors

and control staff.• Designed for welding in confined

spaces.• Delivered with one PROTANE© lens

shade 11, window 105 x 50 mm.

5 6

2002

-177

2002

-178

2002

-131

2002

-132

2002

-131

x02

54-0

55

0254

-049

0254

-053

1

2.5

5

10

20

30

40

60

80

100

150

175

200

225

250

300

350

400

450

500

140


Current (A )

Coatedelectrodes

MIGHeavy metals

MIG Light alloy

MAG TIG Gouging PLASMACutting

PLASMAWelding

Passive filterPROTANE®

and SILVER PROTANE®

HEAD PROTECTION

2000

-489

Choose the lens shade adapted to your working conditions

13

12

11

10

9

8

14

13

12

11

10

14

13

14

12

11

15

13

14

12

11

15 15 15

10

9

8876

13

13

12

11

13

12

11

11

10

10

14

14

13

12 1211

10

9 9

14

To order

To order

To order To order

105 x 50 - single piece

1.0 dioptre 0071-0010

1.5 dioptre 0071-0015

2.0 dioptre 0071-0020

2.5 dioptre 0071-0025

105 x 50 mm 110 x 90 mmBox Blibox Box Bliboxof 50 pcs of 10 pcs of 100 pcs of 10 pcs

W 000 010 926 0071-0531 W 00 010 938 0071-0534

105 x 50 mm 110 x 90 mmBox Blibox Box Blibox

Shade of 100 pcs of 5 pcs of 100 pcs of 5 pcs

5 W 000 010 915 0070-0525 W 000 010 927 0070-0805

6 W 000 010 916 0070-0526 W 000 010 928 0070-0806

7 W 000 010 917 0070-0527 W 000 010 929 0070-0807

8 W 000 010 918 0070-0528 W 000 010 930 0070-0808

9 W 000 010 919 0070-0529 W 000 010 931 0070-0809

10 W 000 010 920 0070-0530 W 000 010 932 0070-0810

11 W 000 010 921 0070-0531 W 000 010 933 0070-0811

12 W 000 010 922 0070-0532 W 000 010 934 0070-0812

13 W 000 010 923 0070-0533 W 000 010 935 0070-0813

14 W 000 010 924 0070-0534 W 000 010 936 0070-0814

105 x 50 mm 110 x 90 mmBox Blibox Blibox

Shade of 50 pcs of 5 pcs of 5 pcs

9 0070-0119 0070-0329 0070-0419

10 0070-0120 0070-0330 0070-0420

11 0070-0121 0070-0331 0070-0421

12 0070-0122 0070-0332 0070-0422

13 0070-0123 0070-0333 0070-0423

14 0070-0124 0070-0334 0070-0424

141

Cha

pte

r 6

The SILVER PROTANE lenses will prove their efficiency in all welding operations where the arc heat causes discomfort. This PROTANE filter reflects 70% of thermal radiations (causing heat):• less irritation and therefore less tiredness,• more precision and better quality work,• more comfort and better working conditions.

“Test SILVER PROTANE® and weld cool”.

BliboxProtane®

glasses

For some precision welding, magnifyingthe work zone is necessary. We advise not to use this type of lens continuously without having consulted an ophtalmologist. These lenses must be used in conjunction with filtering PROTANE® lenses.

Welding glasses

Clear protection glasses and screens Magnifying glasses

� Coloured filtering glasses EN 169

� SILVER protane® glasses EN 169

� Clear lenses EN 166

� Thermodur screens CR39 EN 166

To order

105 x 50 mm 110 x 90 mmBox Blibox Box Bliboxof 200 pcs of 10 pcs of 100 pcs of 10 pcs0070-0050 0071-0040 0071-0052 0071-0042

To order

98 x 75 mm 108 x 51 mm

Shade Box of 100 pcs Box of 100 pcs

5 W 000 010 939 W 000 010 951

6 W 000 010 940 W 000 010 952

7 W 000 010 941 W 000 010 953

8 W 000 010 942 W 000 010 954

9 W 000 010 943 W 000 010 955

10 W 000 010 944 W 000 010 956

11 W 000 010 945 W 000 010 957

12 W 000 010 946 W 000 010 958

13 W 000 010 947 W 000 010 959

14 W 000 010 948 W 000 010 960

2003

-081

Welder s protection

Eye protection

CLASSIC

To orderDescription Shade 5 Shade 6 CharacteristicsWelding range

1 - Pilot 1 W 000 011 047 W 000 011 048One piece supple black PVC Frame elastic bandaerated side covers HONEYCOMBED casing

2 - Pilot 1 W 000 011 046 -

Flip-up Anti-fog and anti-scratch treatment,Flip-up adjustable elastic band

3 - Pilot 2 W 000 011 052 -

Black Plastic frame two pieces: adjustable chain Plastic for nose, adjustable elastic band

4 - Pilot 2 W 000 011 050 -

Metal frame two pieces: adjustable chain for nose,Metal adjustable elastic band

Standard black goggles with foldable side shields5 - Everest W 000 011 053 - polyamide frame and side shields screwed frame

for lens replacementProtection range No shade6 - Pilot 1

W 000 011 049One piece supple black PVC FRAME Elastic band

Plastic aerated side covers HONEYCOMBED casing7 - Pilot 2

W 000 011 051Metal frame two pieces: adjustable chain for nose,

Metal adjustable elastic band, polycarbonate clear ocular

142

FASHION

MASK

1

8 9

1110

12

14

13

15

16

18

17

4

6

7

5

2

3

To orderDescription Shade 3 Shade 5 CharacteristicsWelding range12 - Fashion Black frame, single screen, field of vision 180¡,

welding W 000 011 058 W 000 011 059 strait side wearable with a ear muff, adjustable band

13 - Fashion W 000 011 060 W 000 011 061

Black frame,single screen, field of vision 180¡,welding max adjustable side length and slope

Protection range No shade14 - Visit W 000 011 062 Look clear

impact W 000 011 063 Look smockedresistance W 000 011 064 Look yellow

W 000 011 065 Look mirror

To orderDescription Shade 3 Shade 5 CharacteristicsWelding masks15 - Mask Field of vision 180¡; long life duration, weldline

welding adjustable elastic band, indirect ventilation, W 000 011 067 W 000 011 066

anti-fog treatment, wearable as over-goggles or respiratory mask

Grinding masks No shade

16 - First W 000 011 068Anti-scratch treatment, direct ventilation, adjustable elastic bandField of vision 180¡; Long life duration, weldline adjustable elastic band, indirect ventilation,

17 - Over W 000 011 069anti-fog treatment, wearable as over-goggles or respiratory mask

18 - Star W 000 011 070Anti-scratch treatment, anti-fog treatment, adjustable elastic band

To orderDescription Shade 5 CharacteristicsWelding range8 - Classic

W 000 011 054 Over goggles, green shade, anti-scratch surfaceOver

9 - Classic W 000 011 055

Anti-scratch surface, frame & side shield, Welding changeable polycarbonate glasses, adjustable elastic band

Protection range No shade10 - Classic

W 000 011 056Single screen panoramic goggle, indirect ventilation,

Visit first usable as over goggles11 - Classic

W 000 011 057Anti-scratch surface, frame & side shield,

Visit clear changeable polycarbonate glasses

PILOT

143

Cha

pte

r 6

EAR PROTECTION

To order

Description Noise Characteristicsreduction value

1 - MAX0080-0010

Preshaped ear plugs, smooth Disposable

200 pairsSNR 34 dB dirtproof outside covering

ear plugs for maximum comfort.

2 - AIRSOFT0080-0035

Ear plugs with cords, washable, Reusable

5 pairsSNR 30 dB supple material with air pocket

ear plugs in the center for added comfort.

3 - QB 3 0080-0040 SNR 22 dB Light and comfortable alternative Headgear 10 pairs to standard ear plugs, washable.

4 - SAFILENCE 300 0080-0046SNR 25 dB 3-position adjustable headband.

Ear muffs 1 piece

5 - SAFILENCE LM 70080-0215

Multi-position headband, muffs pivotEar muffs

1 piecewashable and comfortable.

6 - SAFILENCE 3000080-0046 SNR 25 dB

Foldable super-compact headband,Ear muffs ultra-light for extended use.

2

1

4 5 6

3

1311

-063

1311

-064

1311

-066

1311

-065

2002

-392

2002

-127

1853

-011

144

Welder s protection

BODY PROTECTION

Apron

Bolero apron and oversleeves

To order

Description Blister pack Characteristics1 -Flesh-split

leather apron Natural flesh split cowhide• 90 x 70 cm W 000 010 585 Easy-fasten clips• 110 x 80 cm W 000 010 587

2 -Grain leatherTop grade, natural, grain-split

aproncowhide with belt type fastening.

• 110 x 80 cm W 000 010 588

3 -Chrome free Soft cowhide leather apron, vegetablegrain leather W 000 010 589 tanned (for people allergic

to chromium used in tanning).

1

1

2 3

4 5 6

To order

Description Blister pack Characteristics4 - Bolero apron Removable protective apron, press

Size 52-56 TGT stud fasteners, elastic at bottom ¥ Grain-split cowhide 0820-0055 of back, stand-up collar,¥ Flesh-split cowhide 0820-0056 elastic cuffs, Kevlar seams.

5 - Long Flesh-split cowhide oversleeves,oversleeves fastening by straps and counter 670 mm straps with metel buckles at shoulder W 000 010 593

level, Kevlar seams.

6 - Short Flesh-split cowhide oversleeves,oversleeves elasticated fastening at elbow level, 450 mm W 000 010 592 Kevlar seams.

2002

-050

2002

-051

0951

-030

0951

-031

0951

-032

0951

-032

1198

-035

1198

-034

145

Cha

pte

r 6

BODY PROTECTION

Jackets, trousers, gaiters

Other welder s clothing

To order

To order

Description Characteristics1 - Welder’s hood Protects the head, ears, neck and nape

¥ Size 54-59 0820-0150 against light weld spatter.¥ Size 59-65 0820-0151 Made of fireproof PROBAN material.¥ Size 65-70 0820-0152

2a- Fireproof green Fastened by string around the face cotton head 0820-1060 Kevlar seam.Goat grain leathercollar

2b-Goat grain leather Very covering hood, vegetable tanning anti-allergy, head and collar 0820-1065 excellent protection against projections in welding

cutting, seam wire para-aramide.

3 - Safety cap Cap with ABS safety shell absorbs shocksCE EN 812

0820-1055to protect the head when a safety helmet is not required.Blue cotton fabric, adjustable visor,wide air vents.

4 - Leather Knee protection, prevents knee pain kneepads

0820-1035 during welding operations. Natural cowhide pouch containsviscoelastic foam pad.

1

Description Per item By quantity Characteristics1 - Flesh-split leather Natural flesh-split leather jacket,

jacket 1 inside pocket fastening with double ¥ Size 52-54 0820-0030 - press studs covered with flap velcro ¥ Size 56-60 0820-0031 - fastening cuffs stick up collar lided CE EN470-1 with fireproof cotton.

2 - Grain-split leather 1 inside pocket double stud fasteningjacket with flap velcro fastening wing collar¥ Size 52-54 TGT 0820-0071 - lined with fireproof cotton, ¥ Size 56-60 TGT 0820-0072 - length 760 mm.CE EN470-1

3 - Grain-split leather Fireproof cotton back for betterjacket ventilation, the back is nothalf-back in Proban necessary. Used when complete ¥ Size 52-54 TGT 0820-0094 - protection of the back is not necessary.¥ Size 56-60 TGT 0820-0095 -

4 - Welder’s trouser Natural, flesh-split cowhide trousers, ¥ Size 44-46 0820-0040 - Kevlar seam, special functional ¥ Size 48-50 0820-0041 - design: seaman s type fastening, ¥ Size 52-54 0820-0042 - built-in belt, 2 leg pockets with flap, ¥ Size 56-60 0820-0043 - can be put on without

removing shoes.

5 - Gaiter with straps 0820-0045 0820-8045 Natural, flesh-split cowhide gaiters,Length: 300 mm blister pack 20 pairs fastened with metal buckles,

Kevlar seam.

6 - Gaiter with Velcro 0820-0046 0820-8046 Natural, flesh-split cowhide gaiters,Length: 300 mm blister pack 20 pairs fastened with Velcro,

Kevlar seam.

1 2

43

5 6

3

4

22 b

a

1198

-036

1198

-064

1198

-038

1198

-033

0254

-040

2244

-058

1198

-017

1198

-019

1806

-089

2244

-057

1198

-068

2002

-045

1198

-064

146

Welder s protection

HAND PROTECTION

TIG gloves� TIG gloves¥ 5 fingers, american cut, ¥ wing fingers, ¥ reinforced forefinger, ¥ hand with goatskin grain, ¥ artery protection,¥ natural cow split cuff

100 mm long, ¥ exceptionally soft,¥ in accordance with EN 420,

EN 388, EN 407.

To order 1 pair:Size 9 W 000 010 421Size 10 W 000 010 422

412X4X

EN 407

2122

EN 388

EN 420

Universal use� Universal gloves¥ 5 fingers, american cut, ¥ webbed thumb, fitted forefinger, ¥ natural grain cowhide leather

for the palm and thumb, ¥ split cowhide leather

for the back and the cuff,¥ in accordance with EN 420,

EN 388.

To order 1 pair:Size 10 W 000 010 417

2122

EN 388EN 420

The cheapest welding glove� Long Basic¥ Split cowhide leather, ¥ 5 fingers, ¥ 150 mm cuff ¥ the cheapest welding glove,¥ in accordance with EN 420,

EN 388.


Comfortable and resistant� Long Basic +• Split cowhide leather, ¥ 5 fingers, ¥ 150 mm cuff, ¥ reinforced strip on part

of the palm and back, ¥ cotton seams, ¥ soft, comfortable and resistant,¥ in accordance with EN 420,

EN 388.

To order 1 pair:Taille 10 W 000 010 414

Specially design for heavy duty� STOPCALOR¥ Specially designed

for heavy duty, ¥ MMA, MIG, MAG application

heat resistant, ¥ Split leather, ¥ american cut and Kevlar seams,¥ in accordance with EN 420,

EN 388, EN 407.


412X4X

EN 407

2122

EN 388

EN 420

2122

EN 388EN 420

2122

EN 388EN 420

Heavy duty welding� STOPCALOR +¥ Split leather, American cut

and Kevlar seams,¥ Same heat resistance than

STOPCALOR, with a better suppleness,

¥ In accordance with EN 420, EN 388, EN 407.


Heavy duty welding� STOPCALOR ALU¥ Split leather specially

for heat resistance, ¥ back and cuff treated

with aluminium,¥ for MIG, MAG, MMA or casting,¥ the reference in term of heat

protection,¥ in accordance with EN 388,

EN 407.


2122

EN 388

Protectiongloves� Docker gloves¥ Handling 5 fingers, ¥ american cut, wing finger, ¥ reinforced forefinger, ¥ natural cow split for palm, ¥ back and cuff in cotton with

split leather artery protection, ¥ split leather strengthening piece

sewed on the back, polycotton seam,

¥ in accordance with EN 420, EN 388.To order 1 pair:Size 10 W 000 010 427

Protectiongloves� Protect comfort• Grain leather,• A mechanical resistant glove

for comfortable use.

Protectiongloves� Sensitive¥ The best answer for flexible

and resistant gloves, ¥ 5 fingers, american cut, ¥ wing fingers,

reinforced forefinger,¥ hand with goatskin grain, ¥ artery protection, ¥ natural cow split cuff complies

with EN 420.


412X4X

EN 407

2122

EN 388EN 420 EN 420

To order 1 pair:Size 9 W 000 010 425Size 10 W 000 010 426

2004

-963

2004

-705

2004

-714

2004

-514

2004

-960

2004

-958

2004

-707

2004

-959

0951

-025

2004

-957

To order

147

Cha

pte

r 6

� OPTILAM range¥ 7 strips width 300 mm, height 1 750 mm,

covering 50 mm, self extinguishable strips,¥ very stable, easy mounting to the angles

thanks to stabilising feet.

PROTECTION: SCREENS AND STRIPS

Shade Complete Set of screen 7 spare strips

green T6 W 000 010 473 W 000 010 255

dark green T9 W 000 010 474 W 000 010 256

orange CE W 000 010 472 W 000 010 257

Albronze on request W 000 010 259

To order


green T6 W 000 010 477 W 000 010 172

dark green T9 W 000 010 478 W 000 010 173

orange CE W 000 010 476 W 000 010 174

Albronze W 000 010 479 W 000 010 171

To order


green T6 W 000 010 481 W 000 010 351

dark green T9 W 000 010 482 W 000 010 359

orange CE W 000 010 480 W 000 010 355

Albronze on request on request

To order

Shade With With 3 curtains 16 strips

green T6 W 000 010 275 W 000 010 280

dark green T9 W 000 010 276 W 000 010 281

orange CE W 000 010 277 W 000 010 282


Welding screens

Triptycal welding screens

� LE MODULABLE range¥ frame of 3 turnable screens ( 3 420 m ),¥ mounted on rollers of which two with blocking,¥ 1 streched curtain over the width attached

by a VELCRO strap,¥ self-extinguishing.

� UNIVERSAL range¥ width 3 500 mm or 4 300 mm,

screen height 2 100 mm with rollers 2 000 mmwithout roller,

¥ curtains and strips, conform to standard project,¥ self-extinguising,¥ strip height 1 800 mm. 2 mm thickness,¥ curtain height 1 800 mm 0.4 mm thickness,¥ strip covering 66 %.

L 3 500 mm= 700 + 2 100 + 700

To order

Shade With With 4 curtains 20 strips

green T6 W 000 010 285 W 000 010 290

dark green T9 W 000 010 286 W 000 010 291

orange CE W 000 010 287 W 000 010 292


L 4 300 mm= 1 100 + 2 100 + 1 100

� TRIPTYCAL range¥ triptycal with 3 flexible curtains

1 600 x 1 400 mm,¥ very good stability,¥ mounted on swiveling rollers of which two

with blocking,¥ height 2 000 mm,¥ width 700 + 2 000 + 700 mm.

CE EN 1598

CE EN 1598

CE EN 1598

1 93

0

1 860

2 00

0 m

m

3 400 mm

1 90

0

1 800 810810

2 000 700700

CE EN 1598

2 10

0 m

m

3 400 or 4 300 mm

2 100 mm

700or

1100mm

700or

1100mm

strips

curtains

0823

-019

0951

-038

0823

-022

0823

-023

0823

-025

148

To order

Description Cat. no. Wooden handle and forged steel head W 000 010 801Steel handle and stainless steel head W 000 010 556

Chipping hammers

Welding accessories

Selection criteriaAdapt the shade of the brush tothe steel you use

(stainless for stainless steel).

To order

Description Cat. no.1 - Brush 4 rows brass plated steel W 000 010 1622 - Brush 4 rows tempered steel W 000 010 1633 - Brush 4 rows stainless steel W 000 010 165

Wire brushes

1 2 3

To order

Type Designation Application Description Cat. no.Nominal volume

Anti- 1 - SILISAF Protection of the nozzles spattering and other parts Aerosol

9159-0020agents from lacquering. 405 ml

Contents silicone.2 - SPRAYMIG Protection of the nozzles

H2O and contact tips. AerosolW 000 010 001

Silicone free. 520 mlWater based.

3 - NET MIG Protection of the nozzles by steeping. Pot

9159-0170Do not use 220 mlwith extraction nozzles.

Cracks 4 - ARDROX Solvent: degreasing before detection 9 PR5 application of the Aerosol

W 000 011 080penetrating, elimination of 650 mlthe excess of the revealer.

5 - ARDROX Red penetrating: 996 P2 reveals the welding Aerosol

W 000 011 078defaults under the action 650 mlof the revealer.

6 - ARDROX Revealer of cracks. Aerosol9 D 1 Use it after the application 650 ml W 000 011 079

of the penetrating.Leaks 7 - BUBBLE Leak detector. Aerosol

W 000 010 963detection 650 ml

8 - 1000 Leak detector. Aerosol9159-0025

BULLES 650 ml

Aerosol

1

4 6

2 3

5

7

2004

-610

0951

-012

0951

-013

0951

-011

2719

-037

2004

-217

2000

-225

2000

-447

-3

2000

-447

-1

2000

-447

-2

2004

-815

8

2000

-228

149

Earth clamps

1

2

3

To order

Designation Type Power Cross section Cat. no.maxi

Crocodile 200 A 35 mm2 0006-0031type 1 - Bronze 300 A 35 mm2 0006-0033

600 A 70 mm2 0006-0032200 A 25 mm2 W 000 010 579

2 - Steel 400 A 70 mm2 W 000 010 580600 A 70 mm2 W 000 010 597

Springtype

3 - Bronze300 A 50 mm2 W 000 010 583600 A 95 mm2 W 000 010 584

Clamp4 - Stell

type800 A 95 mm2 W 000 010 050

4

1

2

Cable connectorsTo order

Designation Description Power Cross Cat. no. Cat. no.section mm2 linear

Cone union Complete 0042-0053 0042-00711-Universal Bolting by 500 A 16 to 70 1/2 male 0042-0054 0042-0072

1/4 screw turn 1/2 female 0042-0055 0042-0073

2-Quick CouplingComplete W 000 010 641

action 1/4 screw turn600 A 35 to 95 1/2 male W 000 010 092 -

1/2 female W 000 010 093

To order

To order

Secondary cables

Single-core cables to connect output from power source to electrode holder or earth clamp. For lengths more than 10 m, you have to choosethe upper section.Due to the bad resistance of PVC to incandescent particles, these cables are not suitable as welding cables.

** Maximum permissable under steady conditions (IEC recommandation 287)

*** Depending on duty cycle at 60%.

Extra flexible copper cable Neopren insulated.Standard H 01 N2 - E.

Section Current** Cat. no.16 mm2 150 A W 000 010 13725 mm2 202 A W 000 010 138

35 mm2 250 A W 000 010 13950 mm2 302 A W 000 010 14070 mm2 384 A W 000 010 14195 mm2 465 A W 000 010 142120 mm2 539 A W 000 010 143

PVC insulated flexible copper cables( low tension standard H07 VK )

Section Current*** Cat. no.Per linear meter Spool of 100 m Spool of 50 m

16 mm2 175 A W 000 010 144 W 000 010 151 -

25 mm2 230 A W 000 010 145 W 000 010 152 -35 mm2 290 A W 000 010 146 W 000 010 153 -50 mm2 365 A W 000 010 147 W 000 010 154 - 70 mm2 460 A W 000 010 148 - W 000 010 15595 mm2 560 A W 000 010 149 - -

2000

-174

0947

-054

0947

-060

0947

-053

0947

-061

2002

-234

0823

-029

Cha

pit

re 6

More than ten years dedicated to welders working conditionsimprovement. Professional customized solutions to solve customers problems regarding extraction and filtration of welding and cutting fumes and fine, dry dusts.

150

AZUR: extraction and treatment

0823

-021

0823

-021

Referenced in manyactivities sectors:• training center• steelwork,• metallurgy of iron and steel,• boiler making,• tubes factory,• shipyard,• manufacture of elevatortrolley, agricol material, metal furniture, automobile subcontracting.

Suction panels in a training center

Individual protection with an assisted suction fan

Centralized networks of polyflexible booms

On board high efficiency vacuuminstallations in a shipyard

Individual protection Suction panel with revolving of tools.

Extraction network for benches adjustmentof motors

Afid

a3

Afid

a1

Bas

e1B

ase3

Bas

e4

Our solutions always take in account:- the welders, their environment and working conditions,- the respect of the standards and regulations, as health and safety are concerned,- your economic requirements for a perennial investment with the guarantee

of efficient and durable results.

151

Cha

pte

r 6

of fumes

The context:

• a welding workshop for the students

• 4 types of work:- welding at fixe place

on samples,- welding on bulky metal

structures,- brazing with the bench,- cutting on automatic machines

(plasma and oxycutting processes).

• Customer requests:- modularity and effectiveness

of air flow rate according to the number and the type of operation stations,

- filtration and partial recycling of the air (particulary in cold season).

The solution applied:

• a centralized network for oil weldingapplications with extraction and filtration with self-cleaning.

Each station is equipped with a motorized obturator and the networkserves: - 6 double tables suction

(welding of test-samples),- 6 suction panels (brazing), - 3 booms PEBE with large operatingrange (bulky parts).Two distinct networks with filtration by CYCLOFILTRE with self-cleaning for cutting machines.

Professional technical college Vauban: an example of extraction and treatment of welding and cutting fumes.

Double suction table

Outside filter

Gouging

Suction panels

Boom

Vaub

an5

Vaub

an4

Vaub

an2

Vaub

an1

Vaub

an6

Vaub

an3

152


To orderCat. no. 9405-0145For another dimension, consult us.

To order� PROMIG AZUR 10

MODULO 25• PROMIG AZUR 10

250 A at 60%, air-cooled, 4 mCat. no. 9149-0297

• MODULO 25max. extraction flow rate: 250 m3 / h,- max. negative pressure:

22.000 Pa,- motor power: 1.5 kW.Cat. no. 9400-9025.

� PROMIG AZUR 12MODULO 35

• PROMIG AZUR 12320 A at 60%, air-cooled, 4 m.Cat. no. 9149-0657

• MODULO 35max. extraction flow rate:310 m3 / h,- max. negative pressure:

30.000 Pa,- motor power: 2.2 kW.Cat. no. 9400-9035.

Workbench extractorsWelding workbench with AMSM mechanicalfiltering for extraction at source

EU 8/9 mechanical filtering, EU 2 metal-mesh prefiltering, extraction at source through worktable surface and three lateral extraction panels.Exist also in electrostatic filtration.

Combines the easy-to-use PROMIG AZUR torch with the powerfulMODULO turbine for guaranteed results.

Tool-mounted extractorsPROMIG AZUR 10/12torches with MODULOair turbine

Characteristics:• overall dimensions ( h x l x d ): 1 435 x 1 200 x 800 mm• worktable: 1100 x 750 mm• work height: 850 mm• max. admissible load: 200 kg• lateral panel height: 600 mm• suction flow rate: 1800 m3/ h • motor 2.2 kW 230/400 V three-phase• rear air outlet: 250 mm dia.

PROMIG AZUR characteristics:• fixed extractor, built into nozzle for constant and optimum efficiency,• rear ball joint: light-weight, easy to handle.MODULO characteristics:The MODULO unit provides efficient, high-power extraction with dust prefiltered at turbine air inlet.• CE compliant• 230-400 V, 50 Hz, three-phase voltage• Kit to interlock extraction with arc operation• Sound level: < 70 dB (A)• Protection provided by thermal magnetic relay on metal prefilter: EU 2 • Outlet dia.: 80 mm

1156

-016

2004

-829

2004

-830

Mod

ulo

2002

-270

153

Cha

pte

r 6

of fumes

To order� MECAZUR 35• Pack MECAZUR 35 + 3 m arm

230/400 V, three-phaseCat. no. 9405-0170

• Pack MECAZUR 35 +3 m arm 230 V, single-phase.Cat. no. 9405-0171

Mobile filtersMECAZUR 35 Mobile mechanical filter

Mobile mechanical filter for extracting and filtering welding fumes and fine, dry dust particles.

Characteristics:• metal-mesh prefilter with spark arrestor,• fibreglass filter cartridge filtering surface area: 35 m3 (class EU 8/9),• fan with 1300 m3/ h useful air flow rate on arm nozzle,• motor power 1.1 kW• dimensions without arm 665 x 681 x 995 mm• weight 105 kg• sound level < 70 dB (A)• pivoting guide wheels• alarm indicating fine filter saturation with 360° pivoting ECOFLEX arm, 3 m long.

Mec

azur

35

Model MECAZUR 35 M MECAZUR 35 Mfor 1 arm for 2 arms

Associated fan AZUR 2.1 AZUR 4.7Max. air flow rate (m3/h) 2100 4700 Number of stations 1 2 Air flow rate at arm nozzle 1100 m3/h 2 x 1100 m3/h Filter surface area 35 m2 35 m2

Sound level 64 dB (A) 68 dB (A)

• These filters are best used for welding galvanised steel, aluminium alloys, etc…, for any process that produces dry fumes.

• Equipped with an extraction arm, it collects fumes and fine dust at a distance of 30 to 50 cm from the source, in an area of 0.5 to 1 m in diameter.

• The filter requires replacement 1 to 3 times a year, depending on use.

Mechanical filter characteristics:• metal-mesh prefilter on air inlet,• high-performance filtering,• medium, EU 8/9 filtering,

• built-in alarm is standard on allmodels,• arms can be mounted directly underthe filter.

Wall-mounted filtersMECAZUR 35 Mmechanical filter

The MECAZUR 35 M mechanical filter has a large storage capacity for dust and dry fumes and features maintenance-free filters.

To order

� Complete MECAZUR 35 Mfilter set with 1 arm:• MECAZUR 35 M

mechanical filterCat. no. 9400-4050

• inlet for direct fitting of 1 arm Cat no. W 000 235 220

• AZUR 2.1 fan Cat. no. 9400-0310

• 3 m multi-articulation armCat. no. 9400-1310

� Complete MECAZUR 35 Mfilter set with 2 arms: • MECAZUR 35 M

mechanical filter • TRC D=315 mm

Cat no. 9400-0332• inlet for direct fitting of 2

arms Cat no. 9400-2510• AZUR 4.7 fan

Cat no. 9400-0330• 3 m multi-articulation arm

Cat. no. 9400-1310

� Spare parts• Replacement filter Cat. no. 9400-0595• Prefilter Cat. no. 9400-0596• ECOFLEX arm: option consult us.

Electrostatic filters Designed and built to extract fumes from welding carbon steel and oiled sheet metal.• Collection at source guarantees the best fume extraction efficiency.• AZUR wall-mounted electrostatic filters are equipped with heavy-duty

industrial filtering units.• Used as recommended, electrostatic filters have a long lifetime, providing

significant savings.

Electrostatic filter characteristics:• high-efficiency filtering,• washable filtering units,• built-in alarm is standard on all models.

When the filter needs cleaning, a sound alarm goes off and about 20 seconds later the fan stops running. The filter must then be cleaned before the unit can be returned to service.

• Simple, stand alone installation, may be used in addition to existing ventilation and air treatment equipment.

To order� 2.1 E Electrostatic filter- Associated fan: AZUR 2.1

+ arm- Max. air flow rate: 2100 m3/h- Number of stations: 1 or 2- Filtering area 9.6 m2

Cat. no. 9400-1000 (filter)Cat. no. 9400-4001(arm support)Cat. no. 9400-0310 (fan)

� 3.0 E Electrostatic filter- Associated fan: AZUR 2

+ 2 arms- Max. air flow rate: 2100 m3/h- Number of stations: 1 or 2- Filtering area: 16.4 m2

Cat. no. 9400-1100 (filter)Cat. no. 9400-4011(arm support)Cat. no. 9400-0310 (fan)


Tool-mounted extractorsAZUR 2.1 E, and 3.0 EElectrostatic filters

To order: Unit 0.23 PACat. no. 9400-1123flexible Ø 45 mmlength 2.5 m

Portable filtering unitAutonomous Filtering UnitUnit 0.23 PA

The unit 0.23 PA (P = portable, A = automatic) is an indispensable toolfor all maintenance operation or for limited production, for a suction on extraction torches (maxi. 250 A) and piping nozzle... It is appropriatefor all dry, not explosive dust with a fine filter of great capacity of storage having a filtering surface of 12 m2. A metal prefilter integrated to the filtering cartridge protects the finefilter against all casual white-hot particles. In the air outlet there is afine filter of high performance (HEPA) which completes the filtration unit and ensures a global efficiency of 99.9% for welding fumes. It is delivered with a 5 m power supply cable and one 2.5 m flexibleextraction arm of 45 mm diameter. Two extraction fans with separate flow, 1000 W power, permit to adapt the extraction power to the connected pipe (torch and nozzle). The maxiair flow rate is 160 m3/h with one motor and 230 m3/h with 2 motors.

Characteristics:• supply voltage 230 V, 50 Hz, single-phase• motor power 2 x 1000 W• Filtering cartridge 12 m2 (without maintenance)• Sound level < 70 dB (A)• Finisher filter HEPA• standard CE• weight 15 kg (easy to use thanks

to the large wheels diameter)

1881

-001

2003

-276

Cha

pte

r 6

155

of fumes

180°

1.1 m at 2.2 m

To order� ECOFLEX arm Recommended fan:AZUR 1.8 fan• free-flowing air flow rate

1800 m3/h

- 2 m: Cat. no. 9400-0125- 3 m: Cat. no. 9400-0126- 4 m: Cat. no. 9400-0127

360°

To order� Complete telescopic arm set: Cat. no. 9405-0130

To order� Multi-articulation armdelivered with:• AZUR 1.8 fan

- free-flowing air flow rate 1800 m3/h

- motor power: 0.55 kW400 V, three-phase

• thermal magnetic circuit-breakerComplete multi-articulation arm set:

- 3 m: Cat. no. 9405-0126- 4 m: Cat. no. 9405-0127

Fixed extractionequipmentTelescopic arm

Ecoflex arm

Multi-articulation arm (premounted)

Arm characteristics:• Arm extension from 1.1 m to 2.2 m• Arm pivots 180° on wall bracket, sealed ball-bearing mounting• 160 mm dia. with antistatic flexible tube• 300 mm dia. removable metal nozzle, fitted with a safety screen• Built-in adjustment register on circular adjustment handleArm delivered with:• AZUR 1.8 fan: free-flowing air flow rate 1800 m3/h,

motor power 0.55 kW; 400 V, three-phase.• Thermal magnetic breaker.

Arm characteristics • 160 mm dia.• arm pivots 360° on ball-bearing mounting,• 300 mm dia. removable metal nozzle, fitted with a safety screen,• built-in adjustment register on circular adjustment handle,• delivered with arm wall-mounting fixture that also accommodates a fan.

Arm characteristics: • Arm pre-assembled at factory, support structure made of 2 lacquered,

pre-assembled aluminium tubes for easy installation.• Pivots 360° on wall bracket, sealed ball-bearing mounting.• 160 mm dia. antistatic tubes.• 300 mm dia. removable metal nozzle, fitted with a safety screen.• Built-in adjustment register on circular adjustment handle.

1881

-025

0882

-004

0882

-004

1853

-001

1853

-003

To order

Description Cat. no. Fan Suction Exhaust characteristics hose with nozzle hose

AZUR 1.3 portable 9400-0370 0.37 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz, single-phase Cat. no. 9400-0371fan 1400 m3/h flow rate, 15 kg, 63 dB ( A ) 2 m, Ø 160 mm Cat. no. 9400-1520

AZUR 2.11 portable9400-0311

0.75 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz, single-phase Cat. no. 9400-0373 6 m, Ø 160 mm

fan 2160 m3/h flow rate, 20 kg, 65 dB ( A ) 3 m, Ø 160 mm

• A portable fan consists in a stand, a single-phase, centrifugal fan

with carrying handle, a flexible tube with magnetic base, and a flexible tube

for exhausting.

• The fan is equipped with a 5 m cable.

• The suction tubes are 160 mm in diameter. They are made of 2 woven

polyamid-fibre layers coated with PVC and are non-flamable.

• The suction nozzle is fitted with 2 high-power magnets for fastening

in any position on a magnetic surface.

• The fastenings also ensure good stability on any flat surface.

To order

Description Cat. no. Characteristics Suction hose Exhaust hosewith nozzle

AZUR 1.33 9400-0079 0.37 kW, 400 V, 50 Hz three-phase Cat. no. 9400-03711400 m3/h flow rate, 15 kg 2 m, Ø 160 mm

AZUR 1.8 9400-0080 0.55 kW, 400 V, 50 Hz three-phase Cat. no. 9400-0373 Cat. no. 9400-15201800 m3/h flow rate, 18 kg 3 m, Ø 160 mm 6 m, Ø 160 mm

AZUR 2.19400-0081

0.75 kW, 400 V, 50 Hz three-phase Cat. no. 9400-03732100 m3/h flow rate, 20 kg 3 m, Ø 160 mm

Each mobile set also includes a nozzle with magnetic fitting, a circuit-breaker and a wheeled stand.

• The wheeled stand lets you move the fan easily. It is also designed

to be carried, with weight distributed evenly.

• The suction tubes are 160 mm in diameter.

They are made of 2 woven polyamid-fibre layers coated with PVC

and are non-flamable.

• The suction nozzle is fitted with 2 high-power magnets for fastening

in any position on a magnetic surface.

• The fastenings also ensure good stability on any flat surface.

AZUR: extraction and treatment Portable fansAZUR 1.3 and AZUR 2.11

Mobile fansAZUR 1.33 - AZUR 1.8AZUR 2.1

2 or 3 m

Ø 160 mm

156

1881

-003

1156

-011

157

Cha

pte

r 6

of fumes

Different solutions of extraction and treatment of fumes:

In a trainingcentre

In a shipyard

In a company manufacturing distributing equipments and furnitures for hospitals.

2063

-007

Chapter 7Submerged arc welding

159

Submerged arc welding (SAW) is a process that gives high productivity(high speed of execution, due to high penetration no bevelling is necessary), excellent quality welds (high penetration and compactness,no spatters), together with a good level of operator comfort (no fumesand no visible arc). SAW process is currently used in several different activity sectors (shipbuilding, vessel fabrication, reconstituted weldedbeams...)

160

Submerged arc welding wire/flux

2570

-016

Single-passwelding

Selection criteria of submerged arcwelding wire/flux combinations

Circular and longitudinal welding of gas cylinders,water heater and fire extinguisher bodies, tanks, downhand welding.

Applications Thickness Recommended wire/flux combinations

Between 2 and 5 mmon steel gradesS 235 to S 355(according EN standards).

• AS 26/AS 55• AS 26/AS 50• AS 26/AS 231• AS 35/AS 450• AS 70S/AS 450

Two-passwelding

Large pressure vessels, tube,structural steelwork shipbui-ding, circular and longitudinalwelds on large storage,tanks, boiler vessel, butt-welding of panels.

Between 5 and 20 mmon steel gradesS 275 J2 G3 to S 355 NL(according EN standards).

Filletwelding

Welding of beams, frames forspecial machines, longitudinalmembers for trucks, travellingoverhead cranes, etc.

• AS 26/AS 231M• AS 35/AS450.• AS 70S better in case of slightly rusty or scaly plates.

Multipasswelding

Large pressure vessels, off-shore, tubes, nuclear engineering.

Bigger than 20 mm in steel grades S 275 J2 G3 to S 355 NL(according EN standards).

Between 5 and 20 mm.All type of stainlesssteel.

Stainlesssteelwelding

Constructionand stainless steelpressure vessels.

• 304 L/304:ASNC/CN100

• 316 L/316:ASNCMo/CN100

• Carbon steel to stainless steel:ASNCNIF/CN100

• Duplex steels:LEXAL S 22 9 3N/F500

1

2

STANDARDS

EN 756 AWS SFA 5.17/5.23

• With bonded fluxes

AS 26 / AS 231 S 3T 0 AR S1 F7A0-EL12

AS 26 / AS 231 M S 3T 0 AR S1 F7A0-EL12

AS 35 / AS 450 S 38 0 AB S2 F7A0-EM12K

AS 35 / AS 461 S 42 4 AB S2 F7A4-EM12K

AS 35 / AS 462 S 42 2 AB S2 F7A2-EM12K

FREEZAL S Ni 3 / F Ni 3 - F7A/P15-ENi3-Ni3

AS 37 / AS 589 S 42 6 FB S3Si -

AS NC / AS 100 - -

STANDARDS

EN 756 AWS SFA 5.17/5.23

• With fused fluxes

AS 26 / AS 50 S 35 0 MS S1 F6A0-EL12

AS 26 / AS 55 S F 38 0 MS S1 F7A0-EL12

AS 36 / AS 81 S 42 5 CS S4 F7A6-EH14

AS 36 / AS 89 S 42 4 CS S4 F7A6-EH14

AS 36 / AS 80 S 46 0 CS S4 F7A2-EH14

Standards for submerged arc wire/flux combinations

Cr/Ni Cr/Ni Cr/Ni Carb.steel

161

Cha

pte

r 7

combinations

Average UTS (weld)Charpy V

UTS ≤ 550 N/mm2 UTS ≤ 620 N/mm2 UTS ≤ 700 N/mm2

notch 50 J/cm2

– 20 °C AS 35/AS 461 AS 37/AS 461 AS 40/AS 461

– 40 °C* AS 37/AS 589 AS 37/AS 589 AS 62/AS 589

– 60 °C* AS 37/AS 589AS 62/AS 37/ AS 64/AS 589FREEZAL F Ni 3FREEZAL F Ni 3

1

RECOMMENDATIONS:To obtain the expected characteristics some precautions have to be taken:• drying of bonded flux• the use of none polluted flux• direct grinding of the grooves to be assembled • keep the interpass temperature < 50 °C• the adapted heat input has to be < 2.5 kJ (cm mm).

Ead [ x ] = adapted heatinput

U [V ] = voltageI [A] = amperageVs [ ] = welding speed

e [mm] = plate thickness

cmmin

1mm

kJcmEad = x

1e

U x I x 0,06Vs

UTS steelCharpy V UTS ≥ 410 N/mm2 UTS ≥ 470 N/mm2 UTS ≥ 510 N/mm2*notch ≥ 50 J/cm2 Mn ≤ 1 % 1 ≤ Mn % ≤ 1.3 Mn > 1.3 %

0 °C AS 36/AS 231 AS 26/AS 231AS 36/AS 450 AS 35/AS 450

– 20 °C AS 36/AS 450AS 35/AS 462AS 36/AS 462 AS 40A/AS 462

– 40 °C* AS 40/AS 462 AS 40A/AS 462 AS 40A/AS 462

2-1 AS WELDED

Two-pass welding recommended wire/flux combinations:

2 Multipass welding recommended wire/flux combinations:

UTS (weld)Heat treatment 500 < UTS < 620 620 < UTS < 700

in N/mm2 in N/mm2

CVN –20 °C CVN –40 °C CVN –60 °C

580 - 600 °C 1 to 3 h AS 37/AS 461 AS 37/AS 589 AS 37/AS 589 AS 62/AS 589Vrf ≥ 50 °C/h (CVN – 20 °C)

580 - 600 °C≤ 10 h AS 36/AS 589 AS 37/AS 589 AS 37/FREEZAL F Ni 3 AS 62/FREEZAL F Ni 3Vrf ≥ 20 °C/h (CVN – 40 °C)

690 °C/8 h - - - AL CROMO S 225/F537(CVN – 40 °C)

2-2 AFTER HEAT TREATMENT RECOMMENDATIONSTo obtain the expected characteristicssome precautions have to be taken:• drying of bonded flux,• the use of non recycled flux,• interpass temperature between

150-200 °C (aim 150 °C),• welding energy has to be between 15 and 20 kJ/cm.

* At low temperature the impact strengthdepends largely on the carbon content of the molten area: C % limit 0.12 % approx. Choose a base metal with not more than 0.15% carbon (chemical analysis of deposit = 70 % chemical analysis of steel + 30 % chemical analysis of wire/flux combination).

** For steel grades E28-4 and A 42 a compromise must be found for the UTS giventhe required impact strength (–40 °C).

Ead [ x ] = adapted heat input

U [V ] = voltageI [A] = amperageVs [ ] = welding speed

e [mm] = plate thickness

cmmin

1mm

kJcm

Ead = x1e

U x I x 0,06Vs

2002

-326

1806

-107

1806

-110

162

Submerged arc welding wires

* These electrode wires may be suitable for welding steels with high strength at high temperature.

** Standardisation: because of differences between specifications these classifications do not always apply.

*** For other grades, diameters and packaging consult SAF

Drum (F):Dia. Cat. number kg2.0 1095-0061 F - 3502.4 1095-0064 F - 3503.2 1095-0073 F - 350

Non-alloyed and low-alloyed steels wiresAS 26� STANDARDS**EN 756: S1AWS - SFA 5.17: EL12

� STANDARDS**EN 756: S3 Si

� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 0.5Si 0.05

� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil or spool:Dia. Cat. number kg1.2 1095-0054 202.0 1095-0060 252.4 1095-0062 253.2 1095-0071 254.0 1095-0081 25

� STANDARDS**EN 756: S4 MoAWS - SFA 5.23: EA3

� STANDARDS**EN 756: S2 MoAWS - SFA 5.23: EA2

� STANDARDS**EN 756: S2Si2AWS - SFA 5.17: EM13K

� STANDARDS**EN 756: S2AWS - SFA 5.17: EM 12 K

� STANDARDS**EN 756: S4AWS - SFA 5.17: EH14

AS 70 S� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.06Mn 1.1Si 0.65

� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg2.4 1095-0381 253.2 1095-0382 25

AS 37� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 1.5Si 0.25

� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil or spool:Dia. Cat. number kg3.2 1095-0180 254.0 1095-0181 25

AS 61� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 2.0Si 0.05Mo 0.5Ni 0.5

AS 40*� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 1.9Si 0.05Mo 0.5� ORDERING INFORMATION***

Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg3.2 1095-0213 254.0 1095-0223 25

AS 40 A*� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 1.0Si 0.05Mo 0.5� ORDERING INFORMATION***

Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg1.6 1095-0239 182.0 1095-0248 252.4 1095-0249 253.2 1095-0247 254.0 1095-0277 25

� ORDERING INFORMATION***Please contact us

ENDURO drum (E) - Reel ( T ):Dia. Cat. number kg1.2 1095-0321 E - 2001.6 1095-0324 T - 3001.6 1095-0329 E - 200


� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg1.2 1095-0322 161.6 1095-0326 182.4 1095-0303 253.2 1095-0311 254.0 1095-0332 25

Drum (F) - Reel ( T ):Dia. Cat. number kg2.4 1095-0114 T - 100


� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg1.6 1095-0162 162.4 1095-0113 253.2 1095-0123 254.0 1095-0133 25

163

Cha

pte

r 7

* These electrode wires may be suitable for welding steels with high strength at high temperature.

** Standardisation: because of differences between specifications these classifications do not always apply.

*** For other grades, diameters and packaging consult SAF

� STANDARDS**AWS - SFA 5.23: EF2

� STANDARDS**EN 756: S2Ni2AWS - SFA 5.23: ENi2

� STANDARDS**AWS - SFA 5.23: ENi3

� STANDARDS**EN 12070: SCrMo1

� STANDARDS**EN 12070: SCrMo2AWS - SFA 5.23: EB3

� STANDARDS**EN 12072: 19 9LAWS - SFA 5.9: ER308L

� STANDARDS**EN 12072: S19 123LAWS - SFA 5.9: ER316L

Stainless steels wiresAS NC

� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC < 0.03Mn 1.5Si 0.4Ni 10Cr 20

� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg2.4 1095-2113 253.2 1095-2123 254.0 1095-2133 25

Drum (F):Dia. Cat. number kg3.2 1095-2913 F - 350

AS 126*� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 0.9Si 0.1Mo 0.5Cr 1.25


AL CROMO S 225*� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 0.55Si 0.1Mo 1.0Cr 2.3

AS 62� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 2.3Si 0.15Mo 0.6Ni 0.6

AS 64� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 1.0Si 0.05Ni 2.0� ORDERING INFORMATION***

Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg2.4 1095-0296 25

FREEZAL S Ni 3� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.06Mn 1.2Si 0.2Ni 3.5

AS NC Mo� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC < 0.03Mn 1.5Si 0.4Mo 2.6Ni 12Cr 18


� STANDARDS**EN 12072: S2 312LAWS - SFA 5.9: ER309L

AS NC Ni F� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC < 0.03Mn 1.5Si 0.5Ni 13Cr 24

� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg3.2 1095-2443 25

� STANDARDS**EN 12072: S2 293LAWS - SFA 5.9: ER2209

LEXAL S 22 9 3� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC < 0.03Mn 1.6Si 0.5Mo 3Ni 8.5Cr 22.8





Nickel-alloyed wiresAS 625� STANDARDS**AWS - SFA 5.14: ERNiCrMo3

� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.01Mn 0.1Si 0.1Mo 9Ni 65Cr 22Nb 3.5

� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg1.6 1095-2505 20

AS 276� STANDARDS**AWS - SFA 5.14: ERNiCrMo4

� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.02Mn 0.5Si 0.05Mo 16Ni 57Cr 16

� ORDERING INFORMATION***

Dia. Cat. number kgPlease contact us

164

Packaging

Flux Weight To order( kg )

AS 231 bag 25 1096-1323

AS 231 M bag 25 1096-1332

Conditions of use:

DC or AC up to 1200 A per wire.

Wires to be used:

AS 26 - 0.5 % Mn.

AS 35 - 1 % Mn.

AS 40A - 0.5 % Mn, 0.5 % Mo.

Fluxes for submerged arc weldi AS 231 AS 231 MStandards:

• EN 760S A AR1 78 AC H5 2-16

• EN 756S 3T 0 AR 1 S1S 3T 0 AR 1 S2S 4T 2 AR 1 S2 Mo

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F 7A0 - EM12F 7A0 - EL12F 7A0 - EM12 K

Bonded flux

Main applications:• Small boilerwork.• Coiled tubing. • Gas cylinders (butane-propane).• Metal framework.• Shipbuilding.

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN

(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J) at – 20 °C (J)AS 26 580 510 25 40 28AS 35 550 465 24 50 60AS 40A 580 550 23 60 35

Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. B.V. C.L. A.B.S.

AS 26 / AS 231 M � � � � �

AS 35 / AS 231 - - - - -

Specific characteristics:

• Very good properties at high speed (2 m/min), particulary with two thin wires. • Self-releasing slag, even at the root of the groove (AS 231 M).• Welding of pipes, with two run, both sides with one or multiple electrodes.• Basicity index: 0.75 according to Boniszewski.

Typical chemical analysis: AS 26 AS 35 AS 40A

Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.06Mn 0.5 1.1 1.0 1.5 1.0 1.5Si 0.05 0.6 0.05 0.55 0.05 0.55Mo - - - - 0.5 0.45

Packaging


AS 450 bag 25 1096-1321

AS 450 LPG bag 25 1096-1339

Conditions of use:

C.C. or C.A. up to 1000 A.

Wires to be used:

AS 35

AS 70S for welding dirty steel.

AS 450AS 450 LPGStandards:

• EN 760S A AB1 76 AC H52-16 (AS 450)S A AB1 76 AC H52-12 (AS 450 LPG)

• EN 756S 42 2 AB S2S 3T 2 AB S2

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F 7A0 - EM12KF 7A0 - EL12F 7A0 - EM12

Main applications:• Small boilerwork.• Spiral and longitudinal pipes• Gas cylinders (butane – propane) with flux AS 450 LPG.• Metal framework.• Shipbuilding.

Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. B.V. C.L. A.B.S.

AS 35 � � � � �

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN at

(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)AS 35 480 390 26 100 75AS 70S 530 440 26 70 40


• Very good properties in fillet welding, particulary with two thin wires.• Self-releasing slag, even at the root of the groove.• High speed welding with flux AS 450 LPG (fine grain).• Basicity index: 1.1 according to Boniszewski.

Typical chemical analysis: AS 35 AS 70S

Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.10 0.05 0.06 0.05Mn 1.0 1.2 1.15 1.45Si 0.05 0.36 0.65 0.7

165

Cha

pte

r 7

ng

Packaging


AS 461 bag 25 1096-1327

Conditions of use:

DC or AC up to 1 000 A with one wire and 1 500 A

in tandem.

Wires to be used:

Wires with 0.5 % Mn and 1 % Mn,

non-alloy or low alloy with multirun.

Wires with 1 % and 2 % Mn,

non-alloy or low alloy (Mo) with two passes.

AS 461Standards:

• EN 760S A AB1 78 AC H52-16

• EN 756S 35 2 AB S1S 42 4 AB S2S 46 4 AB S3SiS 5T 2 AB S2Mo

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F 6-A2 - EL12F 7-A4 - EM12KF 7-A6 - EH14

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F 8A4 - EEA2A2

Main applications:

• Boilerwork.• Piping.• Shipyards.

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN at CVN at

treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J)AS 35 none 540 440 26 - 110 501 % Mn 580 °C/h 520 420 27 - 90 -AS 37 none 590 510 29 - 120 751.5 % Mn 580 °C/h 520 450 29 - 100 65AS 36 none 610 520 24 110 75 602 % Mn 580 °C/h 560 470 26 110 90 65AS 40A none 650 550 23 - 50 301 % Mn 0.5 % Mo 580 °C/h 600 520 22 40 35 -AS 26 none 500 380 27 - 100 500,5 % Mn 580 °C/h 480 350 28 - 80 -

Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. B.V. C.L. A.B.S. T.Ü.V.

AS 35 / AS 461 � � � � - �

AS 37 / AS 461 - - - - - �

AS 40A / AS 461 � � � - � -


• This flux is specially recommended for two-run or multirun welding of joints for which goodimpact are required at low temperature: –20 °C, or even –40 °C with multirun, or even –60 °Cwith two-run, depending on the electrode wire chosen.

• Very good properties for fairly high welding speeds (0.9 m/min) and very good quality fillet welds.• Recommended for twin arc welding.• Can be used for surfacing.• Basicity index: 1.33 according to Boniszewski.

Typical chemical analysis: AS 37 AS 35 AS 36 AS 40A AS 26

Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal

C 0.10 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.10 0.06 0.10 0.05Mn 1.5 1.7 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.10 1.0 1.20 0.5 1.1Si 0.15 0.6 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.4 0.05 0.3 0.05 0.3Mo - - - - - - 0.5 0.40 - -

Packaging


AS 462 bag 25 1096-1320

Conditions of use:

DC or AC up to 1 000 A with one wire and 1 500 A

in tandem.

Wires to be used:

Wires with 0.5 % Mn and 1 % Mn,

non-alloy or low alloy with multirun.

Wires with 1 % and 2 % Mn,

non-alloy or low alloy (Mo) with two passes.

AS 462Standards:

• EN 760S A AB1 66 AC H52-16

• EN 756S 35 0 AB S1S 42 2 AB S2S 50 4 AB S4S 4T 4 AB S2 Mo

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F 6A2 - EL12F 7A2 - EM12KF 7A2 - EM12F 7A5 - EH14

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F 8A4 - EEA2A2

Main applications:• Boilerwork.• Piping.• General construction.• Shipbuilding.

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN at CVN at

treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J)AS 260,5 % Mn none 470 380 25 110 60 -

AS 351 % Mn none 550 470 25 110 90 30

AS 362 % Mn none 640 530 28 80 75 45

AS 40A none 640 540 24 80 40 271 % Mn 0.5 % Mo

Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. B.V. C.L. T.Ü.V.

AS 35 / AS 462 � � � � �


• Alumino-basic flux.• For fillet welding and butt welding of thin and medium thickness sheet metal with impact guaranteed

at –20 °C and in certain cases at –40 °C.• Recommended for high-speed welding with twin arc and multi-electrode.• Basicity index: 1.33 according to Boniszewski.

Typical chemical analysis: AS 26 AS 35 AS 36 AS 40A

Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal

C 0.10 0.03 0.10 0.045 0.12 0.045 0.10 0.06Mn 0.5 1.05 1.0 1.3 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.3Si 0.05 0.35 0.1 0.3 0.05 0.3 0.05 0.3Mo - - - - - - 0.5 0.45

166

Packaging


FREEZAL F Ni 3 bag 25 1096-1345

Conditions of use:

DC or AC up to 1 000 A with one wire

and 1 500 A with two wires.

Wires to be used:

FREEZAL S Ni 3.

Fluxes for submerged arc weldi FREEZAL F NI 3Standards:

• EN 760S A FB 1 55 AC

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F 7A/P15ENi3-Ni3

Bonded flux

Main applications:• Boiler works.• Cryogenic transport and storage

tanks fluids to a temperature of –105 °C.

Typical mechanical characteristicsWith wire UTS YS Elongation Heat CVN at CVN at

(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % treatment skin (-101 °C) coreFREEZAL S Ni 3 520-620 > 480 > 20 1 h at 620 °C 42 60

550-650 > 480 > 18 none 41 103


• This flux is designed for the welding of steels with 3.5 % of nickel.

• High purity raw materials selected in order to obtain good mechanical characteristics at – 105 °C.

• Flux adapted to multi run welding on an heavy thickness.

• Basicity index according to Boniszewski: 3.1.

Typical chemical analysis: FREEZAL S Ni3

Wire Weld metalC 0.06 0.07Mn 1.2 1.0Si 0.2 0.2S 0.004 0.005P 0.008 0.010Ni 3.5 3.2

Packaging


AS 589 bag 25 1096-1325

Conditions of use:

DC or AC up to 1000 A with one wire

and 1500 A with two wires.

Wires to be used:

Non-alloyed, or low alloyed wires.

(AS 126 - AS 37 -AS 40A -AS 64).

AS 589Standards:

• EN 760S A FB1 55 AC H5

• EN 756S 42 6 FB S3 Si(AS37)S 46 7 FB S2 Ni2(AS 64)S 52 4 FB S2 Mo(AS 40A)

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F7A8-EH14

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F7-A5-EGGF8-A4-E EA2-A2F8-A10-E ENi2-Ni2F8-P8-E EB2-B2

Main applications:• Heavy boilerwork (e.g.: nuclear).• Piping (e.g.: offshore).• COD test.

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at CVN at

treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 60 °C (J) – 80 °C (J)AS 37 none 560 440 28 - 150 90 -1.5 % Mn 580 °C/5h 510 400 30 - 90 70 -AS 40A none 650 590 23 70 55 27 -1 % Mn - 0.5 % Mo 620 °C/1h 610 550 28 - 45 - -AS 64 none 510 400 30 - 180 130 901 % Mn - 2 % Ni 580 °C/10h 550 440 22 - 110 90 45AS 126 none 650 400 24 50 - - -1.25 % Cr - 0.5 % Mo 620 °C/2h 650 590 21 55 - - -

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

AS 37 / AS 589 �


• This flux is specially recommended for multirun welding of joints for which good impact at temperatures of less than or equal to -40°C are required.

• Surfacing.

• Basicity index: 2.9 according to Boniszewski.

Typical chemical analysis: AS 37 AS 40A AS 64 AS 126

Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal

C 0.12 0.07 0.12 0.07 0.10 0.07 0.10 0.06Mn 1.5 1.30 1.00 0.9 1.0 0.90 1.0 0.9Si 0.15 0.3 0.07 0.2 0.15 0.25 0.1 0.2Mo - - 0.50 0.45 - - 0.5 0.45Ni - - - - 2.00 1.75 - -Cr - - - - - - 1.5 1.1

167

Cha

pte

r 7

ng

Packaging


CN100 bag 25 1096-1333

Conditions of use:

DC or AC up to 1200 A per wire.

Wires to be used:

AS NC (20 % Cr - 10 % Ni): ER 308 L

AS NC Mo (19 % Cr - 10 % Ni - 2,5 % Mo): ER 316 L

AS NC NIF (24 % Cr - 12 % Ni): ER 309 L

CN 100Standards:

• EN 760S A AB2 DC

Main applications:• Stainless steel boilerwork.• Chemical industries.• Cryogenic vessels.


(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 20 °C (J) – 269 °C (J)AS NC 600 390 40 70 45AS NC Mo 570 400 34 65 44AS NC NIF 550 400 35 65 -

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

AS NC/CN 100 �

AS NCMo/CN 100 �


• This flux is recommended for welding stainless steels.

• Good mechanical characteristics at very low temperature (– 269 °C)

• Surfacing.

• Basicity index: 2.69 according to Boniszewski.

Typical chemical analysis: AS NC AS NC Mo AS NC NIF

Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.015 0.018 0.012 0.015 0.015 0.018Si 0.4 0.9 0.4 0.9 0.4 0.9Mn 1.7 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.5 1.4Cr 20 20 19 19 24 23Ni 10 10 12 12 13 12Mo - - 2.5 2.1 - -

Packaging


LEXAL F 500 bag 25 1096-1341

Wires to be used:

LEXAL S 22.9.3.N

LEXAL S 25.10.4.N

LEXAL F 500Standards:

• EN 760S A AB2 DC

Main applications:• Chemical and petroleum

industries.


(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at –20 °C (J) – 50 °C (J)LEXAL S 22.9.3.N 820 710 26 75 60LEXAL S 25.10.4.N 820 780 28 60 -

Specific characteristics:• Basicity index in accordance to Boniszewski: 2,69.• This flux is recommanded for duplex and superduplex steels.• Good mechanical characteristics at very low temperature (- 50 °C).

Typical chemical analysis: LEXAL S 22.9.3.N LEXAL S 25.10.4.N

C 0.014 0.013Si 0.5 0.3Mn 1.6 0.4Ni 8.1 8.1Cr 22.8 25.8Mo 3.2 3.2N 0.16 0.25

Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. G.L.

LEXAL S 22.9.3.N/F 500 � � �

168

Packaging


AS 516 metal drum 30 1096-1344

Conditions of use:

DC (+ or -) AC 900 A maximum

Flux drying: 1 to 2 hours at 250 – 400 °C

Wires to be used:

AS 625 - ERNiCrMo3 (AWS 5.14)

AS 276 - ERNiCrMo4 (AWS 5.14)

Fluxes for submerged arc weldi AS 516Standards:

• EN 756SA AB2 AC H5

Bonded flux

Main applications:• Cryogenics

(assembly of steel with 9 % of nickel).• Chemical industries.• Petroleum chemistry.

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS Elongation CVN at

treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 196 °C (J)AS 625 As welded 720 460 42 70


• Basicity index in accordance with Boniszewski: 1,3.• Basic flux for welding and resurfacing with high impact nickel alloy wire.• The transfer of manganese operated by this flux allows efficiently fighting against hot

cracking.

Typical chemical analysis: AS 625 wire Deposif out of dilution

C 0.008 0.008Si 0.09 0.11Mn 0.1 2.22Mo 9.3 9.1Cr 21.8 21.4Ni remainder remainderNb 3.4 3.3Fe 0.3 0.3Ti 0.15 0.10

Packaging


AS 530 metal drum 30 1096-1338

Conditions of use:

DC (+ or -) AC 900 A maximum

Flux drying: 1 to 2 hours at 250 – 400 °C

Wires to be used:

AS 625 = Ni Cr 22 Mo 9 Nb (complying with DIN 1736)

– ER Ni Cr Mo 3 (complying with SFA 5.14)

AS 276 = Ni Mo 16 Cr 15 W (complying with DIN

1736) – ER Ni Cr Mo 4 (complying with SFA 5.14)

AS 530Standards:

• EN 760S A FB 2 AC H10

Main applications:• Petroleum and petroleum

chemistry industries.


• Basicity index in accordance with Boniszewski: 2,7.• A flux for high impact nickel alloys (ERNiCrMo3, ERNiCrMo4,…

complying with AWS 5.14).• Very low sensitivity to hot cracking notably owing to a low transfer of silicon

and foreign matter.

Typical chemical analysis: AS 625 AS 276

Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.014 0.015 0.017 0.019Mn 0.02 0.01 0.47 0.44SI 0.06 0.15 0.06 0.12S 0.001 0.005 0.002 0.003P 0.004 0.007 0.002 0.006Fe 0.15 1.5 6.9 9.1Ni 65.3 64.5 57.0 56.3Mo 8.7 8.7 16.0 14.9Cr 21.7 21.2 15.9 15.4Nb 3.7 3.3 - -

169

Cha

pte

r 7

ngFused flux

Packaging


AS 50 bag 25 1096-0118

Conditions of use:

DC or AC up to 1 100 A.

Wires to be used:

AS 26 (0.5 % Mn) and AS 35 (1 % Mn) also possible.

AS 36 (2 % Mn) with two-run welding.

AS 50Standards:

• EN 760SF MS 1 76 AC

• EN 756SF 35 0 MS S1SF 38 0 MS S2

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F6A0-EL12F7A0-EM12 K

Main applications:

• Small boilerwork.• Gas tanks.• General construction.• Welding of shoulders on butane cylinders.• Surfacing.

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN

(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J)AS 26 480 370 33 45AS 35 560 470 28 5

Approvals:T.Ü.V.

AS 35 / AS 50 �


• Flux for ordinary welding of carbon steels.• Good qualities on copper support(low sensibility to arc blow).



Packaging


AS 55 bag 25 1096-0144

Conditions of use:

DC up to 900 A.

Wires to be used:

AS 26 (0,5 % Mn).

AS 35 (1 % Mn).

AS 55Standards:

• EN 760S F MS 1 69 AC

• EN 756SF 38 0 MS S1SF 42 0 MS S2

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F7A0-EL12F7A0-EM12

Main applications:• Lamp posts.• Telephone poles.• Welded plate girders.• Metal framework structures.• Gas cylinders (butane, propane).• Small boilerwork.• Shipyards.


(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)AS 26 540 440 27 55 40AS 35 560 480 26 60 45


• This flux is specially recommended for single wire or double thin wire welding of thin sheet metal (from 1.2 mm on welding assembly), butt welding, fillet weldingat very high speed (up to 4 m/min).

• Welding of pre-painted sheet metal (shipyard type).

• Excellent wettability.

• Low consumption.



170

Packaging


AS 72 bag 25 1096-0251

Conditions of use:

DC or AC up to 1 300 A with single wire

and up to 1 800 A with two wires.

Wires to be used:

AS 26,

AS 35,

AS 40A.

Packaging


AS 81 bag 25 1096-1104

Conditions of use:

DC or AC up to 1 400 A with one wire.

Wires to be used:

All grades (AS 36 - AS 40 - AS 42 -

AS 61 - AS 126…).

Fluxes for submerged arc weldi AS 72Standards:

• EN 760SF CS1 77 AC

• EN 756S 35 0 CS1 S1S 38 0 CS1 S2S 42 2 CS1 S2 Mo

• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F 6 - A0 - EL 12F 7 - A2 - EM 12F 8 - A2 E EA2 A2

Fused flux

Main applications:• Shipyards.• Piping.• Boilerwork.


• Flux for welding of carbon steels of the shipbuilding type.• Used in single run and multirun welding with one or more electrodes,

when good impact strengths are required at -20 °C.• Surfacing with flux when using copper wires (in particular NERTALIC 44 and NERTALIC 45).• Good properties on powder backing.

Typical chemical analysis: AS 26 AS 35 AS 40A

Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.10 0.03 0.10 0.04 0.10 0.04Mn 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.4 0.1 1.3Si 0.05 0.4 0.05 0.4 0.05 0.4Mo - - - - 0.5 0.45

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN at CVN at

(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)AS 26 460 360 32 70 100AS 35 645 580 22 65 55AS 40A 700 650 20 80 75

AS 81Standards:

• EN 760S F CS 64 AC

• EN 756S 42 5 CS S 4S 46 4 CS S 2 Mo(AS 40 A)S 4T 4 CS S 2 Mo(AS 40 A)S 50 4 CS S 4 MoS 5T 4 CS S 4 MoS 50 4 CS S 2 Mo(AS 42)


• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F8-A6-E EA3-A2

Main applications:• A large range of steels:

ordinary steels to low alloysteels.

• Heavy and medium boilerwork, piping and metal framework.

• Shipbuilding.

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at

treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 60 °C (J)AS 36 as welded 540 450 29 130 80 60

620 °C/2h 520 420 31 - 130 70AS 40A as welded 590 500 27 - 80 20

AS 40A as welded 660 590 25 120 60 40620 °C/2h 630 470 25 90 40 -

AS 42 as welded 690 570 22 70 65 30620 °C/2h 670 620 24 - 80 30

AS 61 as welded 665 590 23 110 60 50

AS 126 as welded - - - 70 - -620 °C/2h 680 615 21 45 - -


• High impact strength values for temperatures less than or equal to – 40 °C.• Guarantee of a high quality level of weld, which is independent of any alloy elements in steels.• For use with single or multiple wires, and for single-pass, two-run or multirun welds.

Typical chemical analysis: AS 36 AS 40A AS 40 AS 42 AS 61 AS 126

Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal

C 0.12 0.07 0.10 0.07 0.12 0.07 0.10 0.07 0.10 0.06 0.10 0.06Si 0.05 0.25 0.05 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.35 0.50 0.05 0.25 0.10 0.25Mn 2.00 1.35 1.00 0.80 2.00 1.35 1.1 0.90 2.0 1.25 1.00 0.80Mo - - 0.5 0.40 0.5 0.45 0.5 0.45 0.5 0.45 0.5 0.45Cr - - - - - - - - - - 1.5 1.1Ni - - - - - - - - 0.5 0.45 - -

171

Cha

pte

r 7

ng

Packaging


AS 89 bag 25 please consult

Wires to be used:

AS 36 (2 % Mn)

or low alloyed wires (AS 40 - AS 61).

Packaging


AS 80 bag 25 1096-0312

Conditions of use:

DC or AC up to 1800 A.

Wires to be used:

AS 36 (2% Mn) or low alloyed wire (AS 40).

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at CVN at

treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 60 °C (J)AS 36 none 550 440 28 130 100 70 30AS 40 none 665 590 24 100 80 60 40AS 61 none 680 600 22 80 65 58 35

AS 80Standards:

• EN 760SF CS 65 AC

• EN 756S 460 CS S 4S 460 CS S 4 Mo


• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F8A2-E EA3-A2

Main applications:• Heavy boilerwork.

Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at

(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J) – 30 °C (J)AS 36 590 500 27 90 50 30AS 40 610 480 26 80 45 -


• Flux for multirun welding of carbon steels and low alloy steels for which there are high impactstrengths at – 30 °C.


Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal

C 0.12 0.05 0.12 0.05Mn 2.0 1.4 2.0 1.5Si 0.05 0.4 0.07 0.4Mo - - 0.5 0.45

AS 89Standards:

• EN 760S F CS 64 AC

• EN 756S 42 4 CS S4S 50 4 CS S4 Mo


• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F8-A6-E EA3-A2

Main applications:• Heavy boilerwork of the nuclear type.


• This flux is particularly recommended for multirun welding of carbon steels and low alloy steels for which good impact strengths at temperatures of – 40 °C are required.

• Highly reliable performance.• Surfacing with stainless steel wire.

Typical chemical analysis: AS 36 AS 40 AS 61

Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.12 0.06 0.12 0.06 0.10 0.07Mn 2.0 1.4 2.0 1.4 2.0 1.35Si 0.05 0.35 0.05 0.35 0.05 0.35Mo - - 0.5 0.45 0.5 0.45Ni - - - - 0.5 0.47

Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. B.V. A.B.S.

AS 36 / AS 80 � � � �

saf - welding & cutting guide

Documents